bizhub25ServiceManual.pdf

Battery Precautions

ImportantWe do not recommend the independent replacement of the batteries. The batteries are sold only as component parts of the main control board, and cannot be purchased separately from us. Ni-MH (Nickel Metal Hydride) batteries are installed inside the machine as back up memory batter-ies. Be sure to dispose of them according to local, state and federal regulations.

NOTE

• Contentsofthismanualcanbechangedwithoutpriornotice.• Therecanbeerrorsinthismanualeventhoughwehavemadebesteffortstocreatetheaccu-

rate manual. We are not liable for any loss and/or damage that are implemented to the MFP by using this manual.

• Theparts/componentsthatareusedintheMFParedelicateandcanbeeasilydamagedifthey are not handled in appropriate method. We recommend strongly that maintenance of MFP shouldbemadebythemaintenanceengineerswhoaretheauthorizeserviceengineers.

• Beforestartinganywork,removestaticelectricitybeforehand.

i

Table of contents1 General Description ................................................................................1-1

1.1 Product Description .......................................................................................................................1-11.2 Specifications ................................................................................................................................1-4

2 Machine Composition .............................................................................2-12.1 Document Scanning Sequence .....................................................................................................2-12.2 Recording Section .........................................................................................................................2-42.3 Image Processing ..........................................................................................................................2-52.4 Interconnect Block Diagram ........................................................................................................2-102.5 Circuit board constructions ..........................................................................................................2-142.6 Sensors .......................................................................................................................................2-182.7 Function detail and additional information ...................................................................................2-20

3 Adjustment Procedures ..........................................................................3-13.1FieldServiceProgramModes .......................................................................................................3-13.2 Machine Parameter Adjustment ....................................................................................................3-33.3MemorySwitchAdjustment .........................................................................................................3-193.4SettingIndividualAutodialerAttributes ........................................................................................3-453.5UniqueSwitchAdjustment ..........................................................................................................3-493.6 Clear Programmed Data / User Settings .....................................................................................3-763.7 All RAM Clear ..............................................................................................................................3-763.8 T.30 Monitor ................................................................................................................................3-773.9 Printer maintenance mode ..........................................................................................................3-803.10ServiceReportPrinting .............................................................................................................3-833.11 Monitor speaker .........................................................................................................................3-883.12 Test Modes ................................................................................................................................3-883.13PrintMachineParameters,MemorySwitchand ......................................................................3-94UniqueSwitchSettings .............................................................................................................3-943.14 Factory Functions ......................................................................................................................3-943.15 Line Tests ..................................................................................................................................3-993.16 Mirror Carriage Transfer Mode ................................................................................................3-1023.17 Consumable order sheet .........................................................................................................3-1033.18 DRAM Clear ............................................................................................................................3-1093.19 Life monitor maintenance ........................................................................................................3-1093.20 Sensor input test .....................................................................................................................3-1113.21 Printer diagnostic mode ...........................................................................................................3-1123.22Networkservicemode .............................................................................................................3-1133.23 Flash Rom Sum Check ...........................................................................................................3-1143.24SetServiceReport ..................................................................................................................3-1143.25 Printer registration adjustment ................................................................................................3-1163.26 Reset printer trouble ................................................................................................................3-1173.27 Cleaning mode ........................................................................................................................3-1173.28 Key counter mode ...................................................................................................................3-1183.29Networkswitchmode ..............................................................................................................3-1183.30 Touch panel adjustment ..........................................................................................................3-1223.31 Printer control parameter mode ...............................................................................................3-1223.32Networkcapture(Packetcapture) ...........................................................................................3-1253.33 Storage maintenance ..............................................................................................................3-1283.34CoverageRate ........................................................................................................................3-1303.35Servicefunctionmenu .............................................................................................................3-1303.36Wirecleaningwarning .............................................................................................................3-1313.37 Installing language ..................................................................................................................3-1313.38 Counter information maintenance ...........................................................................................3-1323.39 Asset Number ..........................................................................................................................3-1323.40 Quick Initial settings ................................................................................................................3-1333.41Updatethesoftware ................................................................................................................3-1333.42Networkservicefunctions ......................................................................................................3-1413.43 Quick TWAIN Settings .............................................................................................................3-150

ii

4 Troubleshooting Procedures ..................................................................4-14.1Troubleshootingflowchart ............................................................................................................4-14.2 Initial checks ..................................................................................................................................4-24.3 Checkout error ...............................................................................................................................4-34.4 Communication tourble .................................................................................................................4-74.5 Image quality problems ...............................................................................................................4-254.6 Document trouble ........................................................................................................................4-404.7 Recording Paper Jam ..................................................................................................................4-424.8 Machine malfunction ...................................................................................................................4-43

5 Maintenance & Adjustment .....................................................................5-15.1 Maintenance schedule ..................................................................................................................5-15.2 Disassembly procedures ...............................................................................................................5-25.3 Adjustment ..................................................................................................................................5-83

1-1

1 General Description1.1 Product Description

12 3

6

789

10

11

13

12

4

5

No. Name Description

1 ADFcover Open thiswhenadocument jamsandwhencleaning thescanningarea.

2 Document guide This supports the document so that it is fed straight.

3 Document tray Load the document here face up.

4 Document output tray Scanned documents are output here.

5 Bypass tray Usedwhenprintingonenvelopes, transparencies,andcustompapersizes.

6 Sidecover1 Openthiswhenpaperjamsandwhenreplacingthedrumcartridge.

7 Sidecover2 Anoptionalpapercassette.Openthiswhenpaperjams.

8 Paperlevelindicationwindow

Theareas indicated in red increaseas thepaper level in thepapercassette decreases.

9 Frontcover Openthiswhenreplacingthetonercartridgeordrumcartridge.

10 Paper cassette 1 This holds approximately 500 sheets of paper.

11 Paper cassette 2 This holds approximately 500 sheets of paper. This cassette is optional.

12 USB connector ConnectUSBmemoryheretosavescannedimagestoUSBmemoryorprint images stored on USB memory.

13 Control panel This panel includes the touch panel and the keys required for operation.

1-2

21

2223

14

15

16

17

1819

20

24


14 Platencover Thisholdsdownthedocument.

15 Document glass Load the document here aligned to the top left of the glass.

16 ADF glass This iswheredocuments loaded in theADF(AutoDocumentFeeder)are scanned.

17 Paper exit tray Thecopiedorprintedpaperexitswiththeprintedsidedowninthistray.

18 Mainpowerswitch Thisswitch isusedtoturnthemachineONandOFF.Normally, leavethepowerON.Turn itOFF ifyoudonotuse themachine fora longperiodoftimeormoveit.

19 Powerjack Connectthepowercordhere.

20 Networkconnector Connect the LAN cable here.

21 USB port Connect the USB cable here.

22 Phone jack Connect a handset here.

23 External phone jack Connectanexternalphone(suchasanansweringmachine)here.

24 Telephone line jack Connect the modular cable here.

1-3

27

28

2625


25 Toner cartridge Load the toner cartridge here.

26 Chargewirecleaningrod

Whentheprintqualitydrops,movethisrodbackandforthtocleanthechargingwire.

27 Drum cartridge Load the drum cartridge here.

28 Toner cartridge lock lever

Whenreplacingthetonercartridge,pushthis leverdownthe leftside,and then pull out the cartridge.

1-4

1.2 Specifications

Item Specifications

Copy Specifications / General Specifications

Scanning method Color CCD

Acceptabledocumentsize FBS: Max. LegalADF: Max. Legal

Auto document feeder (sheets) Max:80 sheets (Letter/Legal 75g/m2 documents)

>Doc. Thickness 0.05 - 0.15mm (Single Sheet) 0.07 - 0.12mm (Multi Sheets)

>Doc. Weight (g/m2) 35.0 - 128.0g/m2 (Single Sheet) 52.0 - 105.0 g/m2 (Multi Sheets)

Paper Media (for MP/Bypass) PlainPaper(60-90g/m2) , PasteBoard(-120g/m2),Envelope[DL(SEF),COM#10(SEF),Monarch(SEF)] /Postcard[100mm(W)×148mm(L)(3.9×5.8inch)],OHP* *doesnotguaranteeallenvironmentsorallOHPfilms(suggested OHP film: 3M PP2500)

Resolution (Max) Max:Scanner 600dpi / Printer 600dpi

Continuous copy speed (Max.)

>Letter SEF 25ppm (picking paper from 1st cassette)

Warm up time approx. 20sec. (room temperature: 20°C)

# of copies 1-99

Enlargement/Reduction yes/yes: (FBS/ADF)

>Setting range FBS: 25 - 400% (1% step) ADF: 25 - 100% (1% step)

>Preset (LTR Setting) LTR: 50% ,64%, 78%, 100%, 121%, 129%, 154%Recording paper capacity (Std.) 500sheets(Cassette)+50sheets(BypassTray)*

*20sheets(PasteBoard,BypassTray) (Max.) 500sheets x 2(Cassette) + 50sheets (Bypass Tray)

*20sheets(PasteBoard,BypassTray)

Fax Specifications

Compatibility G3 & Super G3

Resolution (Scanning/Tx/Rx) (horizontalxvertical)

>Super Fine 600dpi×600lpior

16dots/mm×15.4lines/mm(initialsetting)

(406dpi×392lpi)

*Canbeswitchedbyuseroperation

>Fine 8dots/mm×7.7lines/mm

(203dpi×196lpi)

>Normal 8dots/mm×3.85lines/mm

(203dpi×98lpi)

>Grayscale 8dots/mm×7.7lines/mm

(203dpi×196lpi)

Telephonenetwork PSTN

Transmission speed 2sec.level(SuperG3)

6sec. (G3)

Coding method MH, MR, MMR, JBIG

Modem

>G3: 14400,12000,9600,7200,4800,2400bps

Control signal speed: 300bps

>SuperG3: 33600,31200,28800,26400,24000,

21600,19200,16800,14400,12000,

9600,7200,4800,2400bps

Control signal speed: 2400,1200bps

1-5

Item Specifications

Other Information

Image data memory capacity (Std.) RAM 128MB Copy&FAX: 66MB Copy Stored pages: 600pages Fax Stored pages: 4200pages

Memory Backup (Standard) 72 hours (After 24 hours’ full-charge)

CF card capacity (Std.) 256MB

(Max.) 1GB

Interface Hi-Speed USB2.0(Std.) Hi-Speed USB2.0 Host(Std.) Ethernet 10BASE-T/100BASE-TX(Std.)

Appearance

>Dimensions (W x D x H) 520×506×446 mm (Std. 2Way/1cassette)

>Dimensions (Max) (W x D x H) 520×506×566 mm (Max.: 3Way/2cassette) >Weight (without consumables) Std. 2Way/1cassette Max.3Way/2cassette

52.7 lbs. (23.9 kg) 63.7 lbs. (28.9 kg)

LCD mono

>LCD size 5.7 inch

>LCD resolution 320dotsx240dots (QVGA)

Character Input method By QWERTY key on touch panel

Power requirements AC 115V±10% 50Hz/60Hz

Power consumption Std. config. / Max. config.

>Low Power mode 16.0/16.0 (W)

>Sleep mode 7.3/7.3 (W)

>Standby 57.0/57.0 (Wh)

>Transmission 46.0/46.0 (W)

>Reception 990/990 (W)

>Copy 1010/1010 (W)

>Max. 1010/1010 (W)

Environmental conditions

>Practical temperature 10 - 32 °C (when humidity is 68%)

>Practical humidity 20 - 80 % (when temperature is 30°C)

Scanner Unit

Scanning method

>Scanning method Color CCD

>Lamp White LED array

>Optical resolution (Max.) 600dpi x 600dpi

Color scanning

>Color yes

>Black & White yes

>Grayscale 256 level

Effective scanning width

>Copy

>>A4/Letter Letter:216 mm

>Fax

>>A4/Letter Letter:214 mm

1-6

Item Specifications

Contrast adjustment

>Auto yes, Only Copy mode

>Manual(#oflevels) yes (5levels)

>Modification for the original document back-ground

Automation(w/ophotomode)

Document setting position and Scanning Alignment (FBS)

Rear left corner

Acceptabledocumentsize(FBS)

>Auto detection no

>Max.W(mm)×D(mm) 216 x 356 mm (Legal: SEF)

DocumentSize

>Auto detection no*candetectthelengthafterscanning>AcceptableDoc.Size

>>SinglepageDocumentThroughSize

>>>Max.DocumentSize 216 x 900 mm

>>>Min.DocumentSize 120 x 100 mm

>>>Doc. thickness 0.05 - 0.15 mm

>>>Doc. Weight (g/m2) 35g/m2 - 128g/m2

>>MultipagesDocumentThroughSize

>>>Max.DocumentSize 216 x 356 mm

>>>Min.DocumentSize 216 x 139.5 mm

>>>Doc. thickness 0.07 - 0.12 mm

>>>Doc. Weight (g/m2) 52.0 - 105.0 g/m2

Scanning Alignment (ADF) Center

Document setting (ADF) Face up

Auto document feeder (sheets) (ADF) 80 sheets (Letter(SEF), Legal(SEF), HalfLetter(LEF))Scanning resolution

>Copy (B/W) (Auto, Text, Photo, Photo/Text, Background Off)

All modes: 600 dots/inch x 600 lines/inch

>Fax

>>Memory transmission

>>>Super Fine 600dpi×600dpior

16dots/mm×15.4lines/mm

(406dpi×392lpi)

>>>Fine 8dots/mm×7.7lines/mm

(203dpi×196lpi)

>>>Normal 8dots/mm×3.85lines/mm

(203dpi×98lpi)

>>>Grayscale 8dots/mm×7.7lines/mm

(203dpi×196lpi)

>>>Background off 8dots/mm×7.7lines/mm

(203dpi×196lpi)

>>Real-time transmission

>>>Super Fine 600dpi×600dpior

16dots/mm×15.4lines/mm

(406dpi×392lpi)

>>>Fine 8dots/mm×7.7lines/mm

(203dpi×196lpi)

>>>Normal 8dots/mm×3.85lines/mm

(203dpi×98lpi)

>>>Grayscale 16dots/mm×15.4lines/mm

(406dpi×392lpi)

>>>Background off 8dots/mm×7.7lines/mm

(203dpi×196lpi)

100dpi x 100dpi

1-7

Item Specifications

>PC-Scan (B/W) (Auto,Text,Text/Photo,photo,Background) >>>Optical Resolution 600dpi×600dpi

300dpi×300dpi

200dpi×200dpi

100dpi x 100dpi

Default

>TWAIN 300dpi×300dpi

>Scan to Folder (SMB) 300dpi×300dpi

>Scan to E-mail 300dpi×300dpi

>Scan to FTP 300dpi×300dpi

>Scan to User 300dpi×300dpi

>Scan to USB 300dpi×300dpi

>PC-Scan (Color) (Auto,Text,Text/Photo,photo) >>>Optical Resolution 600dpi×600dpi

300dpi×300dpi

200dpi×200dpi

100dpi x 100dpi

Default

>TWAIN 300dpi×300dpi

>Scan to Folder (SMB) 300dpi×300dpi

>Scan to E-mail 300dpi×300dpi

>Scan to FTP 300dpi×300dpi

>Scan to User 300dpi×300dpi

>Scan to USB 300dpi×300dpi

Grayscale (B/W) 256levels

Primary mode

>Resolution (Fax Tx) yes, Normal/Fine/Super-Fine/Photo/Background off (default: Normal)

>Doc. Type (Copy) yes, Text/Auto/Photo/Background off (default: Auto)

> Resolution/Doc. Type (Mono PC Scan) yes, Text/Auto/Photo yes, 100dpi/200dpi/300dpi/600dpi (default: 300dpi/Text&Photo(Auto))

> Resolution(Color PC Scan) yes, Text/Auto/Photo yes, 100dpi/200dpi/300dpi/600dpi (default: 300dpi/Text&Photo)

>Contrast (Fax Tx) yes,5levels(default:Normal)

(Copy) yes,Auto,5levels(default:Auto)

(PC Scan B/W) yes,5levels(default:Darker)

(PC Scan Color) yes,5levels(default:Darker)

Confirmation stamp no

Printer Unit

Sensitivedrumtype OPC drum

Printing method Dry & Electrophotographic method

Exposure method LED

Charging Method multi-stylus electrode

Cleaning Method Manual

Developingmethod MonoComponentnon-magneticdevelopmentmethod

Fusing method Heat Fixing by the heat roller

1-8

Item Specifications

Recording paper size

(1st - 2nd Cassette) Letter(SEF), HalfLetter(LEF), Legal(SEF)

(Bypass Tray) Letter (SEF), Half-Letter (LEF), Legal (SEF), Executive (SEF), A6 (SEF), A5 (SEF/LEF), A4 (SEF), F4 (SEF), DL (SEF), COM#10 (SEF), Monarch (SEF), Postcard (SEF), Custom Size(width:97-216mm, length:140-356mm)

Margin

>Copy

>>Top/Bottom 3mm

>>Left/Right 3mm

>FAX

>>Top/Bottom 3mm

>>Left/Right 3mm

>Printer

>>Top/Bottom 3mm

>>Left/Right 3mm

Print speed (Max.) 25ppm (Letter SEF, print from 1st cassette)

25PPM (H-Letter LEF, print from 1st cassette)

Duplex Print speed (Max.) 6.9ppm (Letter SEF, print from 1st cassette)

Alignment Upper left

Warm up time approx. 20sec. (room temperature: 20°C)

Paper Supply Cassettes + Bypass Tray

Recording paper capacity (Standard) 500sheets (Cassette) + 50sheets (Bypass Tray)

(Max.) 500sheets (Cassette) x 2 + 50sheets (Bypass Tray)

Recording paper

>Cassette (1st-2nd) 1st: (Standard) / 2nd: (Option)

>Bypass Tray

>>Paper Media (for MP/Bypass) Plain Paper, Pasteboard, Envelope/Postcard, OHP* * does not guarantee all environments conditions or all OHP films (suggested OHP film: 3M PP2500)

>>Recording paper size Letter (SEF), Half-Letter (LEF), Legal (SEF), Executive (SEF), A6 (SEF), A5 (SEF/LEF), A4 (SEF), F4 (SEF), DL (SEF), COM#10 (SEF), Monarch (SEF), Postcard (SEF), Custom Size(width:97-216mm, length:140-356mm) * Paper except letter, legal and half letter should be supplied from Bypass Tray

Weight of Recording paper 60-90 g/m2, 20-24 lb(Cassette) 60-120 g/m2, 20-28 lb (Bypass tray)

Out put type of Recording paper Face down

>Out put paper tray capacity 250 sheets (A4SEF) (N-N environment)

Toner Cartridge Cartridge type with developer

Toner Quantity 16,000 sheets (Letter, 6%, 2-page cycle print) or Driving Time

Drum Cartridge

>Drum Life(2page-cycle print) 30,000 sheets (Letter, 2-page cycle print) and Driving Time (2-page cycle print)

>Duplex Print yes

>Mechanical Counter yes(option)

Shift tray no

1-9

Item Specifications

FAX Tx Function

Transmission

>Width of document A4width

>Length of document 900mm(Normal, Fine, Hfine)500mm(Ufine)

TTI 22 characters

># of TTI 3

>Subscriber ID 20 characters

Real-time transmission yes (ADF only) -WhenArchivingsettingisON,ScannerTX(RealTimeTx/Manual Tx) is not be able to use.

Memory transmission

Quick memory transmission yes

Error Correction / Re-transmit yes

>ECM yes

#oftransmitreservation 100 commands

Confirmation stamp no

FAX Rx Function

ReceptionSize

>Width of Recording paper Max.A3

>Length of Recording paper No limit

Memory reception yes

Rx print reduction yes

Out-of-Paper receptions yes (250 faxes)

Reception mode FAX Ready, TEL/FAX Ready, FAX/TEL Ready, ANS/FAX Ready, TEL Ready

Special Function

My Jobs yes

># of Jobs 6

># of characters 40

Title yes

(displays the first 26 characters of registered characters)

># of job steps N/A (no limit)

Soft Key yes

># of Setting 5

>Setavailablefunctions(FAX) Resolution, Contrast, Redial, Monitor, Speed-Dial, AutoDist. GroupTx,AutoRx,SecurityRx,TTI,CoverPage,TxReport,FileFormat,ScanSize,NextDoc.,Polling,F-Polling,PollingDoc., F-Code Tx, F-Code Doc., Closed Tx., ID Check, Memory Tx, Dialing Options, Boradcast, Mail Address, Mail History, e-mailSubject,BatchTx,CheckMail,DelayedTx,EGateway

>Setavailablefunctions(COPY) Zoom,CardCopy,DuplexCopy,Doc.Size,Doc.Type,Bypass,Contrast, Sort, Combine, Next Doc., DocIndex

>Setavailablefunctions(PRINT) no

>Setavailablefunctions(SCAN) Doc.Type,Contrast,Resolution,Zoom,ScanSize,NextDoc.,Color, DuplexScan, Broadcast, Batch Scan, FileFormat, Speed-Dial, File Name, Mail Addresss, e-mail Subject, Mail History, Color Adjust, Attachment, Category, Comments, TWAIN Box, Scan Path, Hold Time. DocIndex

>Default Setting

>>Copy Doc.Type/Contrast/DuplexCopy/Sort/Card Copy

>>Scan Doc.Type/Contrast/Resolution/FileName/Color

>>Fax Resolution/Contrast/Redial/Monitor/Broadcast

1-10

Item Specifications

Paper Source Setting

>Fax/ List Print yes (OFF, ON)

>Copy yes (OFF, ON)

>PC Print no

Security Communication Function yes

>Confirmation of Broadcast Destinations yes

>TwiceDialing yes

>Security Reception yes

User Access & Usage Control yes

>Communication Administration yes (ON/OFF)

>Copy Administration yes (ON/OFF)

>Scan Administration yes (ON/OFF)

>Print Administration yes (ON/OFF)

EnergySaving yes

>Hard Key on control panel yes

>Lowpowermode yes (Green LED)

>>Entering time setting range 1-60min

>Sleep Mode yes (Red LED)

>>Entering time setting range 1-120min

>AutoRecoverTimeSet yes (Start Time/End Time)

CommunicationDataArchive yes

Daylightsavingtime yes

>Default(Start Day&Time/End Day & Time) Start: 2:00AM on 2nd Sunday of MarchEnd:2:00AMon1stSundayofNovember

>Start/End Timing Setting yes(bymemoryswitch),monthandweek

Consumables Auto Order System yes (Send/Print/OFF) (Default : OFF)

># of destinations to order (FAX) 1 location (1Servicecallnumbercanset)

># of destinations to order (E-Mail) 1 location

>Order timing LowTonerWarning/DrumNearEnd

ServiceCallErrorNotice yes

># of destinations to send notice (E-mail) 3

>Notice Timing whentheservicecallerrorhappens

PC-FAX Basic Function

SupportforNetwork Yes

Communication Protocol HTTP/HTTPS/RAW/LPD

Data Format TIFF

Communication Capability (PC-FAX)

DocumentSize A3/B4/A4

Coding Method MH/MR/MMR/JBIG

Communication Standard T.30(FAX)/T.37(I-FAX)

Transmission Speed Max. 33.6Kbps(FAX)/MAX. 100Mbps(I-FAX)

Tx Function (PC-FAX)

Direct Tx from Applications yes(byFAXDriver)

Tx by Client User yes

Transmitreservationcommand Exclusivecommandfile

#ofTransmitreservationcommand Less than 100(lessthan90whenusingarchivefunction)

Broadcast Transmission

Max. # of Destinations Max.4060 - address book(fax): 2000 - address book(ifax): 2000 - direct input(fax): 30 - direct input(ifax): 30

Group Transmission yes

Max. # of Group address book groups

Fax/E-mail mixed Tx yes

1-11

Item Specifications

Rx Function

Routing Conditions Routing Conditions

AllreceivedFax yes

Routing Conditions setting yes

TSI yes

Partial conditions match yes (prefix match/exact match/suffix match/partial match)

Multiple conditions(OR) no

Caller ID yes

Partial conditions match yes (prefix match/exact match/suffix match/partial match)

Multiple conditions (OR) no

Number display no

Partial conditions match N/A

Multiple conditions(OR) N/A

ITU-TSubaddress/Password yes

Subaddress Multiple conditions(OR)

no

From Address book yes (according to fax/email address in the address book)

RX line N/A

AND/OR no (“AND”inaroutingtable,“OR”betweentheroutingtables)

Routing Detination

To User

# of User 200 (fixed)

# of User Group 200 (fixed)

To FAX

by Speed Dial no

by Address Book yes

by Panel no

byLDAPServer no

To Mail

by Address Book yes

by Panel no

byLDAPServer no

The attachment file format TIFF-S/TIFF-F/PDF

To Shared folder

by Shortcut yes

by input folder path no

byBrowsing no

Routing protocol

SMB(Windows) yes

NFS(Linux) no

AppleTalk(Mac) no

Attachment file format TIFF/PDF/Encrypted PDF

To FTP

by Panel no

by Shortcut no

To Box yes (share box, delete box)

Expansion setting

>Shared inbox yes

>>Classification no

1-12

Item Specifications

Distribution Schedule

>Always yes

>Day of the Month setting (Start/End) yes

>DayoftheWeeksetting(Start/End,Everyweek)

yes(cannotspecifytheday”s”oftheweekwithspecifiedtime)

>Time setting (Start/End) yes

Auto Print of distributed document (ON/OFF) yes

Routing setting operation from machine control panel >Auto Print of distributed document no

>Suspend of routing (by record) yes

>Suspend of routing (All records) yes

Communication Log

Display Communication Log yes(ControlPanel/Browser)

Auto Print yes

Manual Print yes(ControlPanel/Browser)

Filedownload yes (CSV format only: max. 20)

Copier Function

# of copies 1-99

# of copying job 10 jobs

Enlargement/Reduction yes/yes (FBS), no/yes (ADF)

>Setting range FBS: 25-400% (1% step) ADF: 25-100% (1% step)

>Preset FBS: 50%, 64%, 78%, 100%, 121%, 129%, 154% ADF: 50%, 64%, 78%, 100%

Contrast adjustment

>Auto yes

>Manual(#oflevels) yes(5levels)

>Modification for the original document back-ground

Automatic

Copy mode Auto,Text, Text/Photo, Photo,Background

Copy Resolution 600 x 600 dpi

Halftonelevel 256levels

Automatic Paper Selection yes

Automatic Magnification Selection yes

Duplex copy yes

Electric sorting yes

Rotation copy yes (Only reduction)

Auto tray change (limitless paper supply) yes(whenAutoCassetteisselectedandthesamesizedpaperis inserted in 1st/2nd cassettes or in the Bypass tray.)

Image edit

>N in 1 copy yes (2 / 4 in 1, rotation support)

>Card Copy yes

>>DocumentSize PersonalCheckSize:2.8x6.2inchBusinessCheckSize:3.5x8.5inchCreditCardSize:2.2inchx3.4inch2CreditCardSize:3.4x4.4inch

>>CustomSizeSetting yes

1-13

Item Specifications

Dialing / TEL Function

Speed Dial

># of locations 2,000

Auto dial registration name indication yes (whenpressingtheindicationbutton)

Phone line type Pulse/Tone

On hook dial yes

Caller ID yes

External telephone yes(possibletoconnecttheansweringmachine)

Phone line Cable yes

AutoAnswering yes

Lists

Dial list

>Speed Dial yes

>Group number list yes

My Jobs list yes

Polling

>Reserveddocumentsprint yes

Communicationreservation

>Reserveddocumentsprint yes

Activityjournal yes

>Manual printing yes, Latest 100 comms (Fax Tx & Rx, I-Fax Tx & Rx, Scan to folder, Scan to FTP / independently)

>Auto printing yes, Latest 100 comms (Fax, I-Fax, Scan to folder and Scan to FTP in total)

Item Specifications

>Daily Printing yes, (Print Time can be Set/ Excluding I-FAX, Folder, FTP / Print if there is no Tx/Rx)

System settings list yes

T-30 monitor list yes(ServiceFunction)

PC-Print Basic Function

Configuration GDI(Standard) ,PCL/XPS(Standard), PS3/PDF Direct(Option)

Support for Local yes, USB2.0 (High Speed)

SupportforNetwork yes, 10/100Mbps(Auto Negotiation or fixed)

Data Transfer Protocol

>Standard TCP/IP

>>LPR yes(IPv4)

>>Port9100 yes

>>>Port9100 SNMP yes (WindowsXPorlaterexceptWindows2000)

>>>Port9100 PJL yes

>IPP yes(IPv4/IPv6)IPPversion1.0

>IPDS yes(withPCL)(withAXISPrintServer)(forIBMAS400)

Print Language

GDI yes (Standard)

PCL5e yes (Standard)

PCLxL yes (Standard)

PJL Command yes

Font yes

>Latin 80 fonts

>Barcode/OCR 32 fonts (Option) (PCL5e Only)

>Cyrillic 15 fonts (PCL5e Only)

PS3 yes (Option)

Font yes

>Latin 136 fonts

PDF yes (Option), PDF1.7 Compatibility

1-14

Item Specifications

Font yes

>Latin 136 fonts

XPS yes (Standard)

Printer Controller (PCL5e/XL)

Text Print Yes(OnlyNetworkConnection,LocalConnectionisnotsupported.)

Printer Setting

>I/O Time-Out setting yes (Default: 300 sec.)

>FormSetting[Line/Pages] yes 5 -128 (Default: Auto)

>Resolution yes 600 / 300 (Default: 600dpi)

>CR/LF yes CR only, LF only/CR=CR+LF, LF=LF/CR=CR, LF=CR+LF/CR=CR+LF, LF=CR+LF (Default: CR only, LF only)

PCL Font

>Font Type Yes (Default: Courier)

>Font Pitch yes 0.44-99.99 (Default: 10.0)

>FontSize yes 4.00-999.75 (Default: 12.0)

>Symbol Set Yes (Default: PC-8 Code Page 437)

Specification of client PC

>Support PC, WorkStation PC/AT compatible machine

>Support OS

>>Windows95(English) no

>>Windows98 no

>>Windows98SecondEdition no

>>WindowsMillenniumEdition no

>>WindowsNT4.0Workstation(SP6aorlater) no

>>Windows2000Professional yes

>>WindowsXPHomeEdition yes

>>WindowsXPProfessional yes

>>WindowsXPProfessionalx64Edition yes

>>WindowsServer2003StandardEdition yes

>>WindowsServer2003Standardx64Edition yes

>>WindowsServer2003EnterpriseEdition yes

>>WindowsServer2003Enterprisex64Edition yes

>>WindowsServer2003Datacenter Edition yes

>>WindowsServer2003Datacenter x64 Edition yes

>>WindowsVistaHomeBasic(x86/x64) yes

>>WindowsVistaHomePremium(x86/x64) yes

>>WindowsVistaBusiness(x86/x64) yes

>>WindowsVistaEnterprise(x86/x64) yes

>>WindowsVistaUltimate(x86/x64) yes

>>WindowsServer2008Standard(x86/x64) yes(TWAINdriverisfornetworkonly)

>>WindowsServer2008Enterprise (x86/x64)

yes(TWAINdriverisfornetworkonly)

>>WindowsServer2008Datacenter (x86/x64)

yes(TWAINdriverisfornetworkonly)

>>Windows7HomePremium(x86/x64) yes

>>Windows7Ultimate(x86/x64) yes

>>Windows7Professional(x86/x64) yes

1-15

Item Specifications

>>Windows7Enterprise(x86/x64) yes

>>MacOS no

>>Linux no

>>UNIX no

>RequiredDiskSpacefordriverinstallation 10MBandover

ScannerDriver yes(TWAINdriver,version1.9)

>Scanning System TWAIN: Scan box type

>DocumentSizesetting yes

Letter(SEF), Legal(SEF), H-Letter(LEF)

>Document Type setting no

>Resolution setting Noconversion/400/300/200dpi(default:Noconversion)

>ImagePreview yes

>Scanning area setting no

>Scan Box yes

>># of boxes 30

>># of documents/box 99

>># of pages/document 9999

>>Password yes

>DriverOpenControl(Hootersspecial) no (no real-time-TWAIN support)

Transferring File Format

>MH no

>MR no

>MMR yes (mono)

>JBIG no

>JPEG yes (color)

>PDF no

Batch Scan

>ON (1 stuck -> 1 file) yes (default)

>Sheet Mode (1 sheet -> 1 file) yes

Destinations

>Scan to E-mail Select from AddressBook Direct address input Select from E-mail history LDAP search User Mail Address

>Scan to Folder Select from Folder Shortcut Browse (max. 5 destinations at 1 job)

>Scan to FTP Select from FTP Shortcut Direct link input (max. 5 destinations at 1 job)

>Scan to User Select from Message Board Users

DocIndex Function yes (Type A, B, C, D)

CreatePDFfilewithPasswordlock yes Encryption algorithm: RC4 40bit/128bit, AES(default: RC4 40bit) Authority: print, edit, copy

I-FAX Basic Function

SupportforNetwork yes 10/100Mbps (Auto-Detection)

Data Format MH/MR/MMR/JBIG

1-16

Item Specifications

Transmission protocol SMTP/ESMTP

Reception protocol SMTP/POP3

Communication speed Max.100Mbps

Encoding MIME/Base64

DocumentSize A3/B4/A4 (only A4 from the main unit)

Communication standard ITU-T T.37

Simple mode yes

Full mode yes

Resolution 8dpm×3.85lpm(200×100dpi) 8dpm×7.7lpm(200×200dpi) 16dpm×15.4lpm(400×400dpi) 600×600dpi

Coding method

>MH yes

>MR yes

>MMR yes

>JBIG no

Coding method

TIFF-FX

>Profile-S(A4/MH/200dpi) yes

>Profile-F(A3/MMR/600dpi) yes

>Profile-J(A3/JBIG/600dpi) yes

>Profile-C (A3/JPEG/600dpi) no

PDF

>Image (BW MMR) yes

>Image (C JPEG) no

>characters no

I-FAX Tx Function

I-FAX Tx from Application yes(UseFAXdriver)

I-FAX Tx by Client User yes(Browser/Panel)

Transmitreservationcommandfile Dedicated command file

#ofTxReservation Max 100 (Max.90when“ArchivingsettingisON)

Broadcast

# of Locations 2,030 - 2000(Address Book) - 30(Direct Input)

Group Tx yes

# of Groups 200 (fixed)

Security no

S/MIME no

PGP/MIME no

Rx E-mail ForwardtoFax (OfframpGateway)T.37 Standard (FAX=XXX@XXX) yes

Lightning FAX no

Direct SMTP Transmission yes

Direct DNS no

SIP no

Reroute Tx yes

Fax/E-mail mixed Tx yes

Duplex scanning no

Manual duplex scanning yes

AutoDocumentDivision

normal mode (1stack 1file) yes

1-17

Item Specifications

Page mode(1page 1file) no

Sheet mode(1Sheet 1file) yes

E-mail resend yes

SMTP Authentication yes

Authentication method LOGIN, PLAIN, CRAM-MD5

I-FAX Rx Function

Text E-mail Reception yes

English yes

Other Language Languages supported by Latin1

Font Bitmap font 1 style (26dot)

MailRxwiththeattachmentfile

TIFF-FX yes

Profile-S yes

Profile-F yes

Profile-J yes

Profile-C no

PDF

CCITT yes (PDF made by this machine only)

Rx by using POP3 yes

Auto Reception/Auto Print yes

Auto Reception/Manual Print yes(byReceivedMailRouting)

Manual Reception yes

APOP Authentication yes

Rx by using SMTP yes

ESMTP Support no

Access Limitation (Filter) yes

Multiplex communication yes (default 1 session)

PrinterDriver

PaperSizeSetting yes

>(Simplex Printing) [Cassette] A4(SEF), A5(LEF), F4(SEF) Letter(SEF), Half-Letter(LEF), Legal(SEF) [BypassTray] Letter(SEF), HalfLetter(LEF), Legal(SEF), Executive(SEF),A6(SEF),A5(LEF), A4(SEF), F4(SEF), DL(SEF), COM#10(SEF), Monarch(SEF), Postcard(SEF), CustomSize(width:3.82-8.50inches,length:5.51-14.01inches)

>(Duplex Printing) [Cassette] A4(SEF), F4(SEF) Letter(SEF), Legal(SEF) [Bypass] Letter(SEF), Legal(SEF), A4(SEF), F4(SEF)

default: Letter(LEF)

Custom Paper Setting yes

>SizeEdit yes, 50 patterns

>Name 20 characters

>Short Edge 3.82-8.5 inches 97-216mm

>Long Edge 5.51-14.01 inches 140-356mm

Paper Supply Setting yes, Auto/Cassette1-2/Bypass Tray

1-18

Item Specifications

Paper Media Setting Yes Plain,Pasteboard,OHP,Envelope/Postcard (Default: Plain)

Coversheet yes

Sort Print

>Electric Sort yes, (Default: Off)

Offset no

Resolution

>600x600 dpi yes (default)

>300x300 dpi yes

TonerSaving yes, On/Off (Default: Off)

Preset Enlarge/Reduction yes

>1%zoom yes, 25% - 400% (1% step)

Fit to Paper yes

Combine Print yes (2-up/4-up/8-up)

Duplex Print yes

Watermarks GDI: no / PCL&PS: yes (default: OFF)

Security Print yes

TrueType Mode GDI: no / PCL&PS: yes

Specification of client PC

>Support PC, WorkStation PC/AT compatible machine

>Support OS


>>Windows98 no



>>WindowsNT4.0Workstation(SP6aorlater) no













>>WindowsServer2003Enterprisex64Edition

yes

>>WindowsServer2003DatacenterEdition yes

>>WindowsServer2003Datacenterx64Edition

yes

>>WindowsServer2008Standard(x86/x64) yes

>>WindowsServer2008Enterprise(x86/x64) yes

>>WindowsServer2008Datacenter(x86/x64) yes





1-19

Item Specifications

>>Mac (10.2, 10.3, 10.4, 10.5) yes(PS3w/PPDonly)

>>Linux yes(PS3w/PPDonly) (RedHat 9, 3, 4, 5/ SUSE 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 11/ Fedora 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10/ /Tunbo LinuxFUJI 11/ Debian 4)

>>Unix

>>>Sun Solaris yes (PCL 5e, PS3) Version: 9 / 10

>>>HP-UX yes (PCL 5e, PS3) Version:11iv1/11iv1.5/11iv1.6/11iv2/11iv3

>>>AIX yes (PCL 5e, PS3) Version: 5L 5.3 / 6.1

>タ

>>Others

>>AS400 yes (PCL 5e only) Version:V5R1 / V5R2 / V5R3 / V5R4 / V6R1

>>Citrix

>CPU Depends on the Operation System

>Required Memory quantity Depends on the Operation System

>RequiredDiskSpaceforDriverInstallation 10MB and more

Others

>HP PJL Support GDI: no / PCL: yes

>Citrix yes CitrixPresentationServer4.5(XenAPP4.5) w/WindowsServer2003x86

>Shared Print(Microsoft Point and Print) yes (Only STD-TCP/IP) *XPSdoesnotsupportsthefollowingcombinations. **Client:WindowsVistax64/ServerWindows2008x64 **Client:Windows2008x64/ServerWindows2008x64

>Oracle no

>SAP yes (PCL 5e, PS3) Version:SAP R/3 Enterprise(4.7), SAP ERP 2004, SAP ERP 6.0

FaxDriver

Fit to Page yes

Coding Method MMR

Resolution

>8dpm×7.7lpm(200×200dpi) yes



Halftone 256levels(DitherMatrix) 8dpm×7.7lpm(200×200dpi)

Support for OS

>Support OS


>>Windows98 no



>>WindowsNT4.0Workstation(SP6aandlater)

no








1-20

Item Specifications






>>WindowsServer2003Enterprisex64Edition

yes

>>WindowsServer2003DatacenterEdition yes

>>WindowsServer2003Datacenterx64Edition

yes

>>WindowsServer2008Standard(x86/x64) yes

>>WindowsServer2008Enterprise(x86/x64) yes

>>WindowsServer2008Datacenter(x86/x64) yes





>>Mac no

>>Linux no

>>Unix no

>>>Sun Solaris no

>>>HP-UX no

>>>AIX no

>>>Others no

>>AS400 no

>>Citrix yes(supportedbyspecificversionandsettings)

Shared Print (Microsoft Point and Print) yes (Only STD-TCP/IP) (Only Simple Mode) (WindowsOSexceptWindows2000(Client/Server)

PC Utility

TIFF Maker yes

CoverPageEditor yes

Info Monitor yes

Address Book Setting (Message Board)

Address Book yes

Stored Location CF Storage

# of Address 2,000

Address Book Import/Export

>CSV yes

>vCard yes

Group

># of Groups 200

User Information Setting (Message Board)

Display/Setting Method Browser

User Information Operation

>NewRegistration yes (only for Admin.)

>Edit yes (Admin can edit all users’ data, but user can edit only his owndata.)

>Delete yes (only for Admin.)

>Forced Delete yes (only for Admin.)

>Import/Export yes (only for Admin.)

>vCardFormat yes (Name/Company/Fax/E-mail)

User Information Item

>User Name 64 characters

>User ID yes 64 characters

>Password 28 characters

1-21

Item Specifications

>Type(GatewayUser) no

>Company 50 characters

>Department Name (User Group Name) 100 characters

>Group Name yes

>TEL 40 digits

>Fax 40 digits

>E-mail Address 50 characters

>LDAPServerLogin yes

TCP/IP Settings

Setting Method yes(Controlpanel/Browser)

TCP/IP Setting

IP Address yes

Subnet Mask yes

GatewayAddress yes (max. 1 addresses)

DNSServerAddress yes (max. 2 addresses)

DNS Suffix yes

DHCP Setting (ON/OFF) yes,renewcommandissupported

NetworkEnvironmentInitialize yes

MAC Address Display yes

PING yes (Control panel only)

SMB Setting yes

NetBIOS yes

Workgroup yes

WINS yes (max. 1 address)

HTTP Port No. Change yes

HTTPS Port No. Change yes

Client Port No. Change no

InfoMonitor Port No. Change no

Message Board Port No. for searching Change yes

RAW port No. Change yes

E-mail Settings (only Admin.)

Attachment File Format TIFF-FX(Profile-S) TIFF-FX(Profile-F) PDF

Coding Method of TIFF-FX (Profile-F) MH/MR/MMR/JBIG

ArchiveSettings(onlyAdmin.)

AutoArchivingON/OFF yes(Controlpanel/Browser)

DocumentsforArchiving

Memory Tx Fax yes

PC-Fax Tx yes

Tx I-Fax yes

Memory Rx Fax yes

Rx I-Fax yes

FaxForwardTx no

Real-time Tx Fax no

Manual Tx Fax no

F-code Secure Box Rx Fax no

F-code Bulletin Box Rx Fax no

Polling Rx Fax no

F-code Polling Rx Fax no

Polling Tx Fax no

F-code Polling Tx Fax no

Scanned Document no

Print Document no

1-22

Item Specifications

Copy Document no

Report Tx no

Canceled Jobs no

ArchivingDestinations

E-mail Address yes

Fax Number yes

Folder yes

FTP Address no

User no

FileFormatofarchiveddocument PDF / TIFF-S / TIFF (default: TIFF-S)

Indexfileofarchiveddocuments yes,whenthenetworkfolderisselectedasdestination(CSVformat, up to 1000 logs in 1 file)

Data Type yes

Communication Executed Time yes

File Name yes

File Path yes

# of pages yes

Sender yes

Destination yes

Communication Result no

Archivingsettingbyuser no

NetworkScanSetting(onlyAdmin.)

Batch Scan Setting

ON (1 stuck -> 1 file) yes (default)

OFF(1 page -> 1 file) no

Sheet Mode (1 sheet -> 1 file) yes

Storage Period of scanned Document yes,1-99 days/Indefinite (default: 30days)

Shortcut Settings

Create Folder Short-cut yes (max. 300 short-cuts)

The # of shortcut increase by CF quantity increase

no

Create FTP URL Short-cut yes (max. 20 short-cuts)

The # of shortcut increase by CF quantity increase

no

Initial Settings (only Admin.)

Fileformatofpreviewdocument

TIFF yes (default)

PDF yes

FileformatofdocumentsdownloadedfromMessage Board (CF) TIFF yes (default)

PDF yes

Delete/Leavedocumentsafterdownload yes

SNMP Agent Setting

Setting Method Browser

ServiceActivateON/OFF yes

Agent Recognition Setting yes

Contact Destination yes

Name yes

Location yes

Security Setting yes

Community Name yes -Write:“private” - Read: “public”

SNMPAgentInitialize yes

Version 1

1-23

Item Specifications

MIB (Management Information Base)MIBsupportversion MIB-2

Standard MIB Information

PrivateMIBInformation

LDAP Basic Specification

LDAP Supported Version Version.2 no

Version.3 yes

LDAP Operation

Search yes

ProgrammableLDAPServer

#ofLDAPServer 5

LDAP Setting Parameters

Name yes, 23 characters

LDAPServerName yes, 99 characters

IP Address yes

LDAP Port # yes

Search Base yes, 99 characters

Auto detection of the search starting point yes

# of max. results setting yes, 001-100 (default 50)

Time Limit yes, 0000-9999 (default: 0000 = Unlimited)

Authentication

anonymous yes

name yes

name+password yes

Description yes, 49 characters

Search Method Any, Initial, Final, Equal, Not Use

LDAP Search Operation

Search Method

Name yes

Default Name Description1 cn

Default Name Description2 commonname

# of characters 49 characters

E-Mail yes

Default E-Mail Description1 mail

Default E-Mail Description2 -


Fax # yes

Default Fax Description1 facsimileTelephoneNumber

Default Fax Description2 -


TEL# yes

Default TEL Description1 telephonenumber

Default TEL Description1 -


Organization no

DefaultOrganizationDescription1 N/A

DefaultOrganizationDescription1 N/A

# of characters N/A

Company Name yes

Company Name Default1 company

Company Name Default2 o


Search Rule Setting yes

Default setting

1-24

Item Specifications

Search Key Rule Setting

Equal yes

Initial yes

Final yes

Any yes (default)

Not Equal no

Not Any no

Exist no

Not Use yes

Operation Interface

MFP Control Panel yes

Browservianetwork yes(Multi Clients)

Supported character codes

US ASCII yes

UTF-8 yes (Shift JIS, Latin1)

Supporteddirectoryservers

ActivedirectoryonMicrosoftWindows2000server(ENG)

yes


yes


yes

Novelle-DirectoryonWindows2000server(ENG)

no

OpenLDAP on LINUX(ENG) yes

SupportedAuthenticationServers

WindowsNT4.0ServerSP4later no

Windows2000Server(ActiveDirectory) yes

WindowsServer2003(ActiveDirectory) yes

WindowsServer2008(ActiveDirectory) yes

Supported Protocol for Authentication

WindowsNT4.0Server N/A

Windows2000Server/WindowsServer2003/WindowsServer2008

Kerberosv5

Kerberos Basic Functions

Encryption Type RC4 HMAC

RenewalofTickets no

Cache of Tickets no

ClockSynchronizationMethod SNTPversion1

LDAP Basic Functions for MFP Authentication

SASL Support GSSAPI(onlyNetworkAuthentication)

Search Filter (UserPrincipalName=<user>@<domain>) <user> : user name <domain> : domain name

Search Attributes displayName

Search Start Point Thedomainateachlevelisspecifiedby“dc=”.

Auto detection of the search starting point yes

SearchMethodofAuthenticationServer

WindowsNT4.0Server N/A

Windows2000Server/WindowsServer2003 DNS

AuthenticationofDomainwithMutualTrust

WindowsNT4.0Server no

Windows2000Server/WindowsServer2003 yes

1-25

Item Specifications

Mail Address Relation

Acquisition of User Mail Address

WindowsNT4.0Server no

Windows2000Server/WindowsServer2003 yes

Use of Mail Address of Equipment Whentheusermailaddresswasnotabletobeacquired.

From Format displayName<mail> or cn<mail>

NetworkAuthenticationSettings

Automatic Logout Function Support yes

Range of Automatic Logout Time 1-10(minites)

Default Automatic Logout Time 3(minites)

Number of characters that can be input

User Name 64

Password 28

Domain Name 255

WindowsNTServer N/A

ActiveDirectory 255

User Authentication

MFP Control Panel yes

Browservianetwork yes

PC-Print yes

PC-FAX yes

TWAIN no

Optional Kits

Paper supply unit yes,Universaltype

Handset yes

PostScript3 Kit yes

Barcode/OCR Font yes

PS3 & Barcode/OCR Font yes

Mechanical counter yes

ExpandableCFMemoryforNetworkboard yes

Expandable CF Memory for PCL board (for PDF Direct Print)

yes

ForeignDeviceInterface yes

2-1

2 Machine Composition2.1 Document Scanning Sequence2.1.1 Auto Document Feeder (ADF) SectionADF(AutoDocumentFeeder)isadevicethatfeedsthedocumentcontinuouslyonepagebyonetothescanningsectionautomatically.Itconsistsmainlyofdocumenttray,Txcover,innerguide,andplatencover.Whenthedeviceiscategorizedbyitsfunctions,itconsistsofseparatorsectionthatpicksupeachpageofdocuments,andcontrolsthetimingsothatthedocumentdoesnotskew,andscan section that scans the document.

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

15 14 13 12 11 10 9

No. Part name No. Part name1 Press roller 9 Mirror A2 DS2 sensor 10 Mirror C3 Feed roller 11 Mirror A4 Separate roller 12 Lens5 Separate pad 13 Home sensor6 Pickup roller 14 Mirror B7 DS1 sensor 15 CCD8 Exit roller

Document insert section / separator section

Themachinescansuptoletterpapersizedocumentwidth.Placethedocumenttothecenterofthedocument tray and align the document guide.Bypressingthestartkeythroughcopyortransmissioncommands,themotorstartsdriving,andthedrivingforceistransferredtothepickuprollerthroughgears,andthedocumentwillbefed.Document separator section consists mainly of separate roller and separate pad.Thedocumentwillbefedfromtheupperpages.Remainingdocumentsareseparatedbythefrictionoftheseparatepadandonlythetoppagewillfedbytheseparateroller.

Original Detection

Thesizesofthedocumentsaredetectedbythefollowingsensors;

Detection Action SensorDocument presence Detectswhetherthereisadocumenton

the tray or not

DS1

Leading and trailing edge detection

Detects the leading and trailing edge of the feeding document

DS2

2-2

Scanning section

The document sensor (DS2) is placed at scanning position to detect the leading edge and trailing edge of the document.Whentheleadingedgeisdetected,thefeedrollertransfersthedocumentacertainstepswherethescanning begins. When the trailing edge is detected, the feed roller transfers the document a certain stepswherethescanningends.

Ifthedocumenthastwoormorepages,feedingofthenextpagebeginswhentheformerpagescan-ningends,andthepageisscannedinthesameway.Thestepswherescanningbeginscanbeadjustedwithmachineparameter013,andthestepswhere

scanning ends by machine parameter 014.

2.1.2 Flat Bed Scannser (FBS) sectionThe FBS (Flat Bed Scanner) section consists of document glass (pane), optical reading section, scan-nerframeAssy,andscannerdrivingsection.A lamp (White light LED array) is on the scanner frame, and the light reflected from the document passes through four mirrors and a lends to form a reduced image on CCD sensor as the scanner motormovesthescanner.TheCCDsensorconvertsthelightpattern(imagedata)intoanelectricalimage signal.

Scanner frame Moving Mechanism

Duringscanning,thescannerframeprojectsanevenamountoflightfromtheexposurelampontotheentire surface of the document. The light is reflected from the original to the mirror through the lens to theCCD.ThescannerframeisdrivenbytheFBSmotorandscannerdrivebelts.Thescannerframedrivingspeedisdeterminedbyzoomratioinreferencetothefullsizemode.ItisathomepositionwhereADFscanningbegins.Thehomesensorwatchesthisposition.

1

234

6

55

No. Part name No. Part name1 FBS motor 4 Lens2 Lamp (LED) 5 CCD PCB3 Scanner frame 6 Home sensor

2-3

Exposure Section: Construction and Function

1 2

3

1 Reflector tape

The reflector tape reflects the light from the exposure lamp and supplements its illumination. Thishelpstolightentheshadowthatismadewhencopyingadocumentnottouchingthedocument glass such as a opened book.

2 Exposure lamp AwhiteLEDarrayisusedtoilluminatethedocument.3 Mirror A Directs the reflected light from the document to the lends.

2-4

2.2 Recording Section

Recording Paper Feed Path

A sheet of the recording paper is separated from the remaining paper by the friction of the pickup roller. The paper is fed along the paper guide until it reaches the register roller. Then it is fed by the rotation of the register roller.

Atduplexprinting,thepaperistransferredtotheexitwhenthefirstsideofpaperisprinted.AfterafewstepsafterthePDSandDPSsensordetectethepapertrailingedge,theexitrollerrollsinreverseandthe paper is transferred to the image processing area by the duplex rollers.The paper reaches to the image transfer area inside out, and the second side of the paper is printed.

2-5

2.3 Image Processing

Theimageprocessingisroughlydivideintothefollowingsteps:1. Drum Charging2. Drum Exposure3.Development4. Image transfer5. Fusing6. Erasing7. Cleaning

Development

Exposure

Drum charging

Cleaning

Image transfer

Fusing

DrumEraser Lamp

2.3.1 Drum ChargeTheDrumischargedwithcoronadischargebeforeLEDexposure.Achargewireandachargegridareusedforthechargingmethod.Thecoronadischargegenerateslittleozoneintheprinter.Italsokeepsthewirefrombecomingdirty.Becausethedischarge,theDrumcanbechargedevenly.

2.3.2 Drum ExposureThelightmakesaninvisiblestaticimagefromtheLEDprinthead.TheLEDprinthead,locatedinsidetheprintercover,closesdownoverthedrumandprojectslightontothedrumsurface.Whenthedocumentistobeprinted,individualelementsintheLEDprintheadturnonandexposethedrumwhereveradarkareashouldappearinthedocument.

2-6

2.3.3 DevelopmentTonerisappliedtotheinvisiblestaticimageontheDrumandatonerimageiscreatedonthesurface.

Toner agitator

Toner supply roller

Developing roller

Drum

Part Name Function1 Toner Agitator Agitates toner.2 Toner supply Roller Transportsthetonertothedevelopingroller.3 DevelopingRoller CarriesthetonertotheDrumsurfacefordevelopment.4 Drum ExposedbyLEDlighttocreateaninvisibleimageand

rotatestocarrythedevelopedimagetothepapersurface.

2.3.4 Image TransferImagetransferistheprocessoftransferringthetonerimagecreatedontheDruminthedevelop-ingprocesstopaper.IntheRollerImageTransfer,thereislittlegenerationofozoneduetocoronadischarge.Also,thereisnobluroftonerbecausethepaperisalwayspressedbytheDrumandtheImage Transfer Roller.

High voltage unit - output

PC Drum

Image transfer roller

2-7

2.3.5 ErasingAn LED lamp exposes the Drum surface. When it is exposed the drum charge erases. This helps the drumtoberechargedevenlyatthenextstepofcharging.

DrumLED Lamp

2.3.6 CleaningTheresidualtonerorpaperdustmustberemovedfromthedrum.Paperdustisremovedfromthedrum surface by a rubber roller. And then by a metallic roller, and finally scraped off.Theresidualtonerisremovedbythedevelopingrollerandtonersupplyroller,andisrecycled.

Development

Cleaning

Drum

2-8

2.3.7 Fusing

An Overview

The toner image transferred on to the paper is securely fixed.A heat roller system is used as the fusing system. The toner image is fused by Heater Roller heated bytheHeaterLamp,andsecurelyfixedbythepressurebetweentheHeaterrollerandPressrollers.A Thermistor detects and controls the Heater Roller temperature.TheThermostatfunctionswhentheHeaterLampisnotturnedOFFeveniftheThermistordetectsahigh temperature malfunction.

Press roller

Press roller

Exit roller

Heater roller

Heater lamp

Thermistor

Paper separate blade

2-9

Fusing Temperature Control Circuit

TheThermistordetectsthesurfacetemperatureoftheHeaterRollerandinputsthatanalogvoltageinto the Main Control PCB. Corresponding to this data, the Heater Lamp ON/OFF signal is output to theHeaterON/OFFswitchofthepowersupplyunit,causingtheHeaterLamptoturnONorOFFtocontrol the fusing temperature.

WhentheHeaterLampisnotturnedOFFeveniftheThermistordetectsahightemperaturemalfunc-tion,thethermostatshutsdownthepowertotheheaterlamp.Whenthethermostatismalfunction,thethermalcut-offshutsdownthepowertotheheaterlamp.

N

L

Main Control PCB

Fusing temperaturecontrol circuit

Power supply unitAC Inlet

Fusing unit Thermistor

Heater Lamp

Thermostat Thermal cut-off

Heater on/off switch

Main switch

Fusing temperature

1)WarmingUp Aftertheinitializationoftheprinter,warmingupoftheprinterstartsandtheHeater Lamp turns ON until the temperature of the Heater Roller reaches ap-prox. 140 °C.

2) Printing When the printer obtains the printing command from its controller, the Heater Roller is maintained at 170, 185 or 206 °C . Afterprinting,theprinterturnstoreadymode.Thefuserkeptatlowtempera-ture.

3) Ready The Heater Roller maintained at approx. 110 °C.

4)Energysavemode Inthismode,savingthepower.

Temperature( F) ( C)

Power ON

Warming up TimePrinting Ready mode

185206

110

365170338

402

230

Energy save mode

Post card, envelope, or transparencySmall size paper (A5 and half-letter)

2-10

2.4 Interconnect Block Diagram

+24VC/ERS

+24VC

/RESCL

+24VC

/TRYCL

/TRYSGND+5V

/PSSGND+5V

/OPEN1GND+5V

/PES1GND+5V

+5VTS1GNDNC

+5VTS2GNDNC

+24VC/PFCL2

/PES2GND+5V

/OPEN2GND+5V

/JAMC2GND+5V

PCB ERS LAMPDA7-08170-5010x236

PFCL2Z90-48683-00

PCBMAIN

DC4-08010-50

270.5x220

2010.02.24

123

456

123

456

78910

11121314

123

456

78910

11121314

123

456

789

1011

123

456

789

1011

PH

PH

PH

P14

P15

PCBPSU100U_DC4

DC4-08900-50or

PCBPSU200E_DC4DC4-Y8900-50

160x197

AC SWITCH

DC4-08560-50

3P

1 21 2

TRAYSZ08-05572-00

PFCLZ90-48683-00

123

123

PSSZ08-05572-00

123

123

PES1Z08-05572-00

OPEN1Z08-05572-00

123

123

TS1 (PCB TOS)D88-09060-5018x51

123

123

1234

1234

TS2 (PCB TOS)D88-09060-5018x51

1234

1234

RESCLZ90-56069-00

OPEN2Z90-37777-50

PES2Z90-37777-50

JAMC2Z90-37777-50

123

123

123

123

123

123

TR

PH

PH

PH

PH

PH

CT

CT

CT

CT

1

2

CZ

1

2

INLET

21

12

+24VC/PFCL

11

12

910

CZ

TRYCLZ90-56069-00

7

8

123

456

910

7

8

1 12 23 3

1 12 23 3

TR21

12

12

12

51006(molex)

51006(molex)

CA

SS

ET

TE

(2N

D)

/ DC

4124

0010

PR

INT

ER

FR

AM

E /

DC

4105

0010

PR

INT

ER

FR

AM

E /

DC

4105

0010

FA

X F

RA

ME

/ DC

4103

0010

FUSERHEATER (100V)

ZA1-03615-80

ThermostatZA1-03645-60

FuseZ90-48827-00

131415

11

12

131415

12

12

TR12

21

PH

CN101

Option

PA

NE

L / D

C41

0200

10

P51BVBUS

D-D+

GNDF.G

(USB)

12345

PCBPANEL B/W

DC4-08070-50

200x130.6

+3VA+3VA+5V+5V+3VZ

/SRES1GNDGNDGNDLD7LD6LD5LD4LD3LD2LD1LD0

/PIOR/PIOW

/CSKEYLA3LA2LA1GNDTXDRXDGND

PSLEDPSKEY

/SUB_SWGND/PENBUZZ+3VGNDCSNDCLKLCD3LCD2LCD1LCD0CL2CL1FLMDONGNDGNDGND+24VGND

P1SHDSHDP5A

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526272829303132333435363738394041424344454647484950

PCBPANEL KEY1DC1-08030-50

123x137

PCBPANEL KEY2DC1-08040-50

36.8x137

ASSY SPEAKER

LCD MODULE5.7inch

B/W STN LCDZ90-54610-00

control

TOUCH PANEL

18

30

20

2

12

FPC

4

for back light

2

P2

P7

P8

P6

P3

P4

P5

P9

P10USB

(host)

P13

DA7-08380-50

DA7-08390-50

DA7-08410-50

DA7-08420-50

DA7-08370-50

DA7-08360-50

DA7-08430-50

PCBPSU HV

Z90-48829-00

123456789101112

123456789101112

HVTRHVTSHVTNHVTPHVBSHVBNHVRLRHVLMTHVCPGNDGND

+24VF(B to B)

DEVELOPER1(HV)

DEVELOPER2(HV)

CHARGER(HV)

GRID(HV)

TRANSFER(HV)

CLEANING2(HV)

CLEANING1(HV)P18

COUNTERZ90-35223-50

PH

12

12

P16+24VC

/COUNTDCB-D0216-50A

TR

21

12

P3XAD

PCONHT1HT2

+24VP+24VP+24V+24VGNDGND

123456789

CN201

123456789

24222018161412108

XH

+12V+12V+12VGNDGNDGND+5V+5VGNDGND+3VA+3VAGNDGNDGND

123456789101112131415

CN202 XH

123456789101112131415

6422321191715131197531

6422321191715131197531

24222018161412108

12345

12345

12345

PH PH

PR

INT

ER

FR

AM

E /

DC

4105

0010

2-11

PCBCCD

DC4-08060-50

181x32

PCBLPH

DC4-08080-50

111x87

PCBMAIN

DC4-08010-50

270.5x220

PCBSCANNER

DC4-08020-50

220x55

2010.02.24

123456

123456

COVER-SWInterlock24V

(ASSY INTERLOCK)DA7-08310-40

789

789

+24VC/FMLOCK

GNDFAN 80mm

ZA1-03792-80

123

123

123

123456

123456

123

456

456

/FCUTDR

LFCUTDR

DVLPTYPE2

/FCUTDV

PH

EH

EH

PH

CT

P96

P92

P93

P94

P95

RX MOTORZ90-66621-00

123456

DUP MOTORZA1-03598-10

123456

PDSZ08-05572-00

123

MDUP_AMDUP_B/MDUP_A/MDUP_B

+24VF+24VF

123456

123

/PDSGNDLPDS

+24VC

+24VF

1

2

1

2

SM

12

P97 PH

101112

101112

1 1

2 2

3 3

4 4

5 5

6 6

7 7 /DRUMSET

LFCUTDV

DVLPTYPE1

GND+24VF/MTEN

/MLOCKMTDIRMTCLK

PR

INT

ER

FR

AM

E /

DC

4105

0010

FB

S /

DC

4101

0010

12

302928272625242322212019181716151413121110987654321

302928272625242322212019181716151413121110987654321

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

FBS MOTOR

HSZ08-05572-00

1234

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

1234

PCBLED-LAMP FBS

DC4-08110-50

P1

P4P1

P6A

P2 P6B

1234

LHS

/HS

GN

D

/MFBS_BMFBS_B/MFBS_AMFBS_A

+1.2VPCLK(P)

NC(PCLK_N)GND+2.5V

PDATA(N)NC(PDATA_P)

GNDPTRGPEN

THTMP+3VGND+3V

/RESETFPGACLKE

GND+5V+5V+5V

/TOPGNDGNDSCLKSTXDSRXD

/WR_FPGA/INT_FPGA/CS_FPGA

GND+24VC+24VC+24VC+24VCGNDGNDGNDGND

+24VFGND

PCB CONNLPH

DC4-08100-50

59x47

P9 SHD SHD

DATA1BDATA10DATA1ADATA11DATA19DATA12DATA18DATA13DATA17DATA14DATA16DATA15

ROM_VCCROM_SDAROM_SCLK/PWRDOWN

/RST/STBGNDGNDVDDVDDGNDCLK-CLK+GND

PHD

SM30B-SRDS-G-

TF

P90

P91

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

PHP98

1234

1234

1 2 3

P2

1234

1 21 2

1 2

24V

B/F

LED

1 2

P3

P3

+24VA+24VA+24VA+24VAGNDGNDGNDGND

+12VB+12VBGNDGNDGNDGNDGNDGND+5VA+5VAGNDGND+3VB+3VB+3VBGNDGNDGND/RST

/INT0022FSCNPWRE3

GND

12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940

12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940

12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940

12345678910111213141516171819202122232425262728293031323334353637383940

RSGNDCP

GNDPHI2GNDPHI1GNDTG1/HS

RLEDGND

+24VA+24VA+24VAGND+5VA+5VA+5VALHS

AGND10V10V

AGNDRED

AGNDGREENAGNDBLUEAGND

GNDGND

SCKI1PSCKI1N

GNDGND

SDTI1PSDTI1N

GNDGND

SRGIPSRGINGNDGND

SDTO1PSDTO1N

GNDGND

SCKO1PSCKO1N

GNDGND

SRGOPSRGON

GNDGND

DIFCLKFPDIFCLKFN

GNDGND

LED HEAD

Z90-66467-00

08-6212-030-340-

800+

P910 P920

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

GNDCLK+CLK-GNDGND/STBGND/RSTGND

/PWRDOWNGND

ROM SCLKROM SDAROM VCCDATA15DATA16DATA14DATA17DATA13DATA18DATA12DATA19DATA11DATA1ADATA10DATA1B

VDDVDDVDDVDD

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526

EH

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

3 1 2

1 2 3

04-6232-130-015-800+(ELCO)

04-6232-130-015-800+(ELCO)

04 6232 130 015 800+(ELCO)30FMN-BMT-A-TF(LF)(SN) (JST)

SH

CT

SH

SH

CT

SH

SH

SH SHDSHD SHDSHD

EHEHEHEH

SHDSHD SHDSHD

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930

321

123

TR

1 2 3

CT

JAMC1Z08-05572-00

123

123

/JAMC1GND

LJAMC1

+3VTHTMP

TR

12

21

Fusing thermistorZ90-55856-00

CT

DUPSZ08-05572-00

123

/DUPSGND

LDUPS

123

N.C.N.C.N.C.N.C.

2-12

Compact FlashMemory cardZA1-03537-30

[OP-700]

PCBASSY PDL

DC6-08011-40

176x90

PCBMAIN

DC4-08010-50

270.5x220

PCBIS

DC5-08210-50

204x178

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100

P12

P11

FA

X F

RA

ME

/ D

C41

030

010

2010.02.24

RJ45

P5

P4

Compact FlashMemory card

ZA1-03538-50

1262273284295306317328339341035113612371338143915401641174218431944204521462247234824492550

1262273284295306317328339341035113612371338143915401641174218431944204521462247234824492550

P6GND/CD1

D3D11D4D12D5D13D6D14D7D15

/CE1/CE2A10

/VS1/ATASEL

/IORDA9

/IOWRA8

/WEA7

INTRQVCCVCCA6

/CSELA5

/VS2A4

/RESETA3

IORDYA2

/INPACKA1

/REGA0

/DASPD0

/PDIAGD1D8D2D9

/IOIS16D10CD2GND

Enabler

Z90-65708-00

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100

123456789101112131415161718192021222324252627282930313233343536373839404142434445464748495051525354555657585960616263646566676869707172737475767778798081828384858687888990919293949596979899100

+3.3V+3.3VGNDVccVccGND

/SHTDWN/PCIINTX

/INTB/INTA/INTD/INTCPWE1Vcc

PCICLK_SPCKEGNDGND

PCICLK+3.3VGND

/PCIRST/REQ

/MRESPWE2/GNTPAD31GND

PAD30+3.3VGND

PAD29PAD27PAD28PAD25PAD26

VccGNDCBE3PAD24PAD23IDSELGNDVcc

PAD21PAD22PAD19PAD20

VccGND

PAD17PAD18CBE2PAD16/IRDYVcc

/DEVSEL/FRAME

GND/TRDY

/SDWRDY/STOP

VccVcc

/PERRGND

/SERRPARGND

PAD15CBE1PAD14PAD12PAD13PAD11GND

PAD10PAD9GNDCBE0PAD8Vcc

PAD7PAD6PAD5PAD4PAD3GNDGNDPAD2PAD1PAD0

IDSEL_S/REQ_S/GNT_SUNIQCHKR+12V+12VGND

(B to B)

12345678

12345678

IC4

P7

GNDBATT

PHP81

12

12

FA

X F

RA

ME

/ D

C41

0300

10

+3.3V+3.3VGNDVccVccGND

/SHTDWN/PCIINTX

/INTB/INTA/INTD/INTCPWE1Vcc

PCICLK_SUNIQGNDGND

PCICLK+3.3VGND

/PCIRST/REQ

/MRESPWE2/GNTPAD31GND

PAD30+3.3VGND

PAD29PAD27PAD28PAD25PAD26

VccGNDCBE3PAD24PAD23PAD19GNDVcc

PAD21PAD22PAD19PAD20

VccGND

PAD17PAD18CBE2PAD16/IRDYVcc

/DEVSEL/FRAME

GND/TRDY

/SDWRDY/STOP

VccVcc

/PERRGND

/SERRPARGND

PAD15CBE1PAD14PAD12PAD13PAD11GND

PAD10PAD9GNDCBE0PAD8Vcc

PAD7PAD6PAD5PAD4PAD3GNDGNDPAD2PAD1PAD0

IDSEL_S/REQ_S/GNT_S

NMIUNIQ

+24VC+24VCGND

(B to B)

P2

Option

2-13

PCBMAIN

DC4-08010-50

270.5x220

2010.02.24

P82

AD

F /

DC

4100

0010

DS2 (PCB SENSOR)DA7-08180-5046.6x8

LDS1/DS1GND

DS1 (PCB SENSOR)DA7-08180-5046.6x8

/MADF_BMADF_B/MADF_AMADF_A

/TXIL GND

APSZ08-05572-00

123

123

LDS2A/DS2GND

123

123

TXIL(ASSY MICRO-SW)

DA7-08340-40

123

123

12

TR

CT

PH

PH

/APSGND+5V

ADF MOTORZA1-02454-50

1234

1234

PH

1234

SMP

1234

345

678

TR

12

21

1514

131211

1098

7654

321

12

345

678

9101112

131415

131415

9101112

12

345

678

131415

9101112

PCBMAIN

DC4-08010-50

270.5x220

2010.02.24

P2

USB

PHD PHD

PCBNCU

(EUR)DA7-Y8040-50

or(USA)

DA7-08040-50

75x140

TEL1

TEL2

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526

P4

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526

+24VADP

+24VACML GND

LGND

H+5VC

S+5VC

RIRXA

CONT24+12VA/OH1TXA/OH2GND/CI

AREF/DSE2CNG

/DSE1GNDNC

1234567891011121314151617181920212223242526

LINE

FA

X F

RA

ME

/ DC

4103

0010

Option

1234

1234

EH P19

1234

PGND/ SET_KEY_CNT/ KEY_COUNT

24V

1234

FDI

2-14

2.5 Circuit board constructions

FBSMOTOR

PCB SCANNER

PCB CCDColorCCD

Motor Driver

MD0022IMAGE

PROCESSING

DDR 64MBx3

FPGALPH I/F

Motor Driver

PRINTERUNIT

DUPLEX

MAINMOTOR

PCB LPH

LPH

AFE

ADFMOTOR

DFX336MODEM

MD0021 SYSTEM ASIC

SRAM (*2)1Mb

PCB MAIN

SH7203CPU

FLASH ROM128Mb DDR SDRAM

CONTROL+DMAC

SYS I/F

USB Func

PCI I/FDDR SDRAM

(*1)128MB

USB HOST

Audio

Lithium battery

PCB NCU

Motor Driver

SYS DMAC

COUNTER

IMAGEPROCESSINGLayout/Enc.

PRINTERRES.CONVLayout/Dec.

COMMEnc./Dec.

RES.CONV

MD0022 I/F

(*1) Connected to the Ni-MH battery(*2) Connected to the Lithium battery

SDRAM 64x2Mb

PCB IS

PCB CONNLPH

HeaterLAMP

PCB LED-LAMP

HIGH VOLTAGEPOWER SUPPLY

POWERSUPPLY

SPEAKER

PANELBW LCD

PCB PANEL

ADFUNIT

PCB PDL

PCI Bus

System Bus Ni-MH battery

Main control board

ThisboardcontrolstheMFPsystem.ByinsertingtheUSBmemorystick,firmwarecanbeupdated.Themaindevicesmountedonthemaincontrolboardandtheirfunctionsareasfollows:

CPU Thisperformsthefirmware.Thiscontrolsthehighvoltagepowerboard.

MD0021 This controls the memory.This controls the scanner motor.This edits the image such as rotation, mirroring, or n-in-1.This transfers the serial image date to LPH board.This performs the USB functions.

Modem This has G3 and Super G3 communication function.

Memory section FLASH memory•TheFLASHmemorystoresprogramdata,backgroundleveldata,andother

parameters.SRAM•TheSRAMstoresuserregistereddata.Itisbackedupbyalithiumbattery.•ThedatawillbeclearedbyremovingthejumperpinJP2.SDRAM•TheSDRAMisforfollowinguse.ItisbackedupbyaNi-MHbatteryonthe

main control board: 1)Storesprogramdata;Whenthemachineisturnedon,CPUop-

eration data is copied from FLASH memory on SDRAM, and then executed from the SDRAM.

2) Stores encoded image data. 3) Works as temporary communication memory.

USB controller This controls the USB HOST function.

2-15

Scanner board

It detects the FBS sensor signal.Itcontrolsthemotordrivers.ItdrivestheFBSmotor.It controls the CCD.Itoffsetstheimagesignal(analoguesignal)fromtheCCD,thenadjustsgain,convertsAD,andpro-cesses the image data.When MD 0022 has processed color or monochrome image, it codes the data and transmits to the main control board.

CCD board

Thisboardismountedwithcolor600dpiCCDforletter-size.TheCCDdevicescansthedocument,andtransmitstheimagedatasignal(analogsignal)toscannerboard.

LPH (LED Printer Head) board / LPH connection board

It detects the printer sensor signal.It controls the clutches.ItconvertstheprintserialdatareceivedfrommaincontrolboardtoadataformatfortheLEDhead,then transmits it to the LED.ItreadstheLEDindividualdifferencecorrectiondata,andadjusttheprintdensity.

Panel board

This is a key input board that equips 5.7 inch monochrome LCD.It controls the panel key and LCD touch key.

Network board

Thiscontrolsthenetworkinterface.It has the Message Board function.

Printer Description Language (PDL) board

Thisrasterizesprintdatatransmittedfromthecomputer,asthemaincontrolboardcannotdoit.

2-16

Low-voltage power board

It consists of four blocks: primary control, secondary control, heater control, and flicker control.Thesecondaryoutputvoltagesare+24.0VDC,+12.0VDC,+5.0VDC,and+3.3VDC.The+24.0VDC is for transformer control, +12.0 VDC, +5.0 VDC, and +3.3 VDC are for DC/DC control.ACinputsisturnedoffandonbyanACswitchataninlet.Itequipsanovervoltageandovercurrentprotectioncircuit.Itequipsaheaterdrivingcircuitforthefuser.Output is 750 W / 100VAC.

L

N

+3. 3V

HC1

HC2

PC1A

PC2A

PT102

PT101

+5. 0V

+24. 0V

+12. 0V

4567

89

123

HC1HC2

P-CON

123

78

456910131415

1112

P- CON

INLETSW

FUSE F1LINE FILTER RECTIFIVATION /

LEVELRECTIFIVATION /

LEVEL FUSE F201

FUSE F202

OUTPUT HEATER CN101

CN 101FUSE F101

FUSE F203

CONTOLDC/DC +12V

CONTOLDC/DC +12V

CONTOL IC

HEATERCONTOL 1

HEATERCONTOL 2

CONTOLDC/DC +5V

CONTOLDC/DC +3V

CONTOL+24V

OUTPUT CN202

OUTPUT CN201

High-voltage power board

Thisboardgenerateshigh-voltagepowerrequiredforelectrophotographicsystem;charge,develop-ing, transfer, and cleaning sections.Inchargingsection,itgeneratespositivevoltagewhichisappliedtothewireinthedrumunitinordertochargethedrumsurfacepositive.Itmonitorsthechargeconditionthroughthewirecondition.Alsoitcharges the mesh grid electrode at the opening of charger in order to make the drum charge potential even.Indevelopingsection,itgeneratespositivevoltagewhichisappliedtothedevelopingrollerandsup-plyrollerinthedevelopingunitinordertotransferthetonerinthedevelopingunittothedrum.Thecontrolofoutputvoltageismadebyananaloguesignal.Intransfersection,itgeneratesnegativevoltagewhichisappliedtothetransferrollerinordertotrans-ferthetoneronthedrumtopaper.Thecontrolofoutputvoltageismadebyananaloguesignal.Alsogeneratespositivevoltagewhencleaningthetransferroller.Incleaningsection,itgeneratespositivevoltagewhichisappliedtothecleaningrollerandcleaningshaft in order to collect paper dust on the drum.

2-17

Network Control Unit (NCU) board

TheNCUboardprovidestheconnectiontothetelephoneline.Itconsistsoftheinterfacecircuit,ringsignal detector and telephone control circuit.

Major components of the NCU

DP relayConnects the telephone line to the fax.

S relayUsedtoconnectthetelephonelineatseizurestate.

OH & Tone detectorDetects the On-hook condition of the Phone 1 and Phone 2.

H relayDisconnects the Phone 1 and Phone 2 line from PSTN.

24V generatorSupplies24voltstotherelaysforOHdetectionofPhone1orPhone2.

Ring signal detectorA photo coupler that detects an incoming ring.

2-18

2.6 Sensors2.6.1 Sensor LocationsThefollowingillustrationshowstherelativepositionsofthemachine’ssensors.

HS

TS2

PES1

PES2

OPEN2

OPEN1TRAYS

JAMC2

TS1

TXIL

DS2DS1APS

Thermistor

DPSJAMC1

PSS

PDS

COVER-SW

2-19

2.6.2 Sensor Descriptions

Thefollowingtablegivesabriefdescriptionofeachsensoranditsfunction.

Code Name Detects Sensor TypeDS1 Document sensor 1 Presence of document in feeder Photo interrupterDS2 Document sensor 2 Leading and trailing edge of

documentPhoto interrupter

APS ADF permit sensor Platencoverquitecloseornot Photo interrupterHS Mirror carriage home

position sensorMirror carriage position Photo interrupter

TXIL Interlockswitch Scannercoveropenorclose MechanicalSwitchCOVER Coverswitch Detectsfrontcoverandthefirst

cassettejamaccesscoverareopen or close

MechanicalSwitch

PDS Paper discharge sensor Detects paper pass at paper exit Photo interrupterDPS Duplex paper sensor Detects paper pass of the duplex

printing paperPhoto interrupter

OPEN1 Paper cassette open sensor

Detects the first paper cassette open or close

Photo interrupter

PES1 Paper empty sensor Detects presence of recording paper in the first paper cassette

Photo interrupter

TS1 Toner sensor 1 Detects the toner empty for small capacity toner cartridge

Photo interrupter

TS2 Toner sensor Detects the toner empty for large capacity toner cartridge

Photo interrupter

PSS Paper supply sensor Detects paper feeding out of cas-sette/tray

Photo interrupter

TRAYS Tray sensor Detects presence of recording paper in the bypass tray

Photo interrupter

JAMC1 Jamaccesscoversen-sor

Detectsthesidecoveropenorclose

Photo interrupter

PES2 Paper empty sensor Detects presence of recording paper in the 2nd paper cassette

Photo interrupter

OPEN2 Paper cassette open sensor

Detects the 2nd paper cassette open or close

Photo interrupter

JAMC2 Jamaccesscover sensor

Detects the 2nd paper cassette sidecoveropenorclose

Photo interrupter

2-20

2.7 Function detail and additional information2.7.1 Port setting list

Application Detail Port name Protocol Standard port number

Application role

Info Monitor NewarrivalnotificationtoInfoMonitor

Original UDP/IP 61000 Receive

NewarrivalinquiryfromInfoMonitor

HTTP/HTTPS TCP/IP 80/443 Send

User list acquisition / User authentication


CoverPageEditor Coverpagelistacquisition HTTP TCP/IP 80 SendCoverpagedataupload HTTP TCP/IP 80 Send

Scan to Print Monitor

Printer registration on MFP HTTP/HTTPS TCP/IP 80/443 Send

TWAINdriver(Network)

Document list data acquisi-tion

HTTP TCP/IP 80 Send

ImagedatadownloadfromMFP

HTTP TCP/IP 80 Send

Installer Test printing for Security Print function

LPR TCP/IP 515 Send

GDIprintdriverPCLprintdriverPSprintdriverXPSprintdriver

Print data transfer to MFP IPP Port IPP TCP/IP 80 SendStandard TCP/IP Port

Raw TCP/IP 9100 SendLPR TCP/IP 515 Send

FAXdriver Print data transfer to MFP Standard TCP/IP Port

Raw TCP/IP 9100 SendLPR TCP/IP 515 Send

Coverpagelistacquisition HTTP TCP/IP 80 SendFAX location acquisition / designation

HTTP TCP/IP 80 Send

PDF Direct PrintXPS Direct Print

Print data transfer to MFP LPR TCP/IP 515 Send

Used in common byprintdriver,Faxdriver,andinstaller

User list acquisition / User authentication


Used in common by InfoMonitor, CoverPageEditor,Scan to Print Monitor, TWAIN driverandinstaller

Server(MFP)search Original UDP/IP 61000 Send/Receive

3-1

3 Adjustment Procedures3.1 Field Service Program ModesThefaxmachinefeaturemaintenancemodesformachineadjustment.Eachmodeislistedbelowalongwiththecommandusedtoactivatethemodeandabrieffunctionaldescription.

Whenyoupress“*”,youwillhearshortbeeps.Howevercontinuetheoperation,asthereisnoprob-lem.

ServiceProgram Explanation Operation PageMachine Parameters Used to set or clear machine parameters. <Setting>,<*>,<0>,<0> 3-3MemorySwitch Usedtosetorclearmemoryswitches <Setting>,<*>,<0>,<1> 3-19User data clear This mode clears user programmed informa-

tion.<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<2> 3-76

All RAM clear Thismodeclearsallbackupdatatoinitializethe machine.

<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<3> 3-76

UniqueSwitches Theseswitchesareusedtoprograminternalmachine parameters.

<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<4> 3-49

T30 Monitor The communications on the journal list are able to print.

<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<5> 3-77

Printer maintenance mode

Showstheerrorcodefor"Checkouterror"errors.

<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<6> 3-80

ServiceReportPrint-ing

You can print out a report that contains ma-chine’s usage and error history.

<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<7> 3-83

Monitor speaker If you need to monitor the signal of fax com-munication, turn this mode on.

<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<8> 3-88

Test Modes This mode offers the ability to print a test pattern and monitor certain unit output func-tions.Includedarefollowings.1. Life monitor2. Printer test3. Feeder test4.Setbackgroundlevel5. Make Color Gamma6. Select Color Gamma

<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<9> 3-88

Print parameter settings

This function instructs the unit to print a list ofthemachineparameter,memoryswitchanduniqueswitchsettings.

<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<0> 3-94

Factory functions Allowstoperformaseriesofdiagnostictests:

1. LED test2. LCD test3. Panel test4. SRAM check5. DRAM check6. RTC test7. Page memory check8. Pseudo ring test9.Serialnumberwriting

<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<1> 3-94

Line tests Thismodeoffersseveralinternaltestsandability to monitor certain unit output func-tions.1. Relay test2. Tonal signal test3. DTMF output test

<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<2> 3-99

Mirror carriage trans-fer mode

Thismodemovesthemirrorcarriagetothetransport position.

<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<4> 3-102

Consumable order sheet

Used to set or clear the consumable order sheet.

<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<5> 3-103

DRAM clear This clears the image storage memory. <Setting>,<*>,<1>,<6> 3-109

3-2

ServiceProgram Explanation Operation PageLife monitor maintenance

Use this mode to clear the resettable counter or reenter the life monitor.

<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<0> 3-109

Sensor input test This mode enables to confirm the sensor status.

<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<2> 3-111

Printer diagnostic mode

This mode enables to confirm the operation of the printer parts.

<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<3> 3-112

Networkservicemode Usedtoclearadministrator'spasswordandinitializeauthenticationmethod.

<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<4> 3-113

Flash ROM Sum check

This mode enables to check Sum after the FlashROMversionisupdated.

<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<9> 3-114

Setservicereport Usedtoenterlocationwheretosendtheser-vicereport.

<Setting>,<*>,<4>,<2> 3-114

Printer registration adjustment

This mode adjusts the print position. <Setting>,<*>,<4>,<3> 3-116

Reset printer trouble Thismodeclearstheservicecall.Clearthewarningwhenthetroubleissettled.

<Setting>,<*>,<4>,<5> 3-117

Cleaning mode This mode rotate the Pickup roller and reg-istration roller automatically so that you can clean the surface of them.

<Setting>,<*>,<4>,<6> 3-117

Key Counter Thisfunctionisfor"ForeignDeviceInterface"option).Ifyouhaveattachedthekeycountertothemachineactivatethismodetoletitcount the printed-paper.

<Setting>,<*>,<5>,<0> 3-118

Networkswitchmode Adjustthenetworkparameter. <Setting>,<*>,<5>,<1> 3-118Touch Panel Adjust-ment

Correct the X, Y on the touch panel. <Setting>,<*>,<5>,<6> 3-122

Printer control param-eter mode

Adjust functions of print controller. <Setting>,<*>,<5>,<7> 3-122

NetworkCapture You can capture the packet data the ma-chinehassentandreceived,anddownloaditfromthewebbrowserorsentittoane-mailaddress.

<Setting>,<*>,<5>,<8> 3-125

Storage Maintenance This mode is used to eraseorinitializetheCompact Flash (CF) memory card on Mes-sage Board.

<Setting>,<*>,<5>,<9> 3-128

CoverageRate Youcansetthetonercoveragerateofpa-per.Thiswillbethebasetocalculatethetoner consumption of the users.

<Setting>,<*>,<6>,<0> 3-130

Servicefunctionmenu Allthefieldserviceprogrammodesareavail-able from the menu.

<Setting>,<*>,<7>,<7> 3-130

Wirecleaningwarning This mode makes to display the cleaning warningfordrumchargewireandprintheadinacertaininterval.

<Setting>,<*>,<8>,<6> 3-131

Installing language You can install, edit or delete languages on the machine that is prepared in an USB memory.

<Setting>,<*>,<9>,<1> 3-131

Counter Information Maintenance

This mode is used to correct the counter data on SRAM (main control panel) and CF memory card.

<Setting>,<*>,<9>,<3> 3-132

Asset Number This mode is used to input the asset number. <Setting>,<*>,<9>,<5> 3-132Updatethesoftware Update main ROM, print controller ROM and

networkboardROMusingthismode.<Setting>,<*>,<9>,<8> 3-133

Quick initial settings Youcandothefollowingsettingwithcontinu-ously:1. Initial settings2. Consumable order sheet

<Setting>,<*>,<9>,<9> 3-133

3-3

3.2 Machine Parameter Adjustment3.2.1 Setting the Machine ParametersTheseswitchesareusedtoprograminternalmachineparameters.Theprimarybackupbatterymain-tainsthesesettingsifpowerislost.

1.Fromstandby,press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<0>.2.Press[EditParameters].

3.Callupthedesiredswitchbypressing[ ]or[ ] , or by pressing the numeric keypad.

4. Select the desired parameter by pressing the box.

5.Tonavigatethroughthemachineparametersettings:• The bits are ranged from 7 (left) to 0 (right).• Press[ ]or[ ]ofthecursorkeytomovethecursor.• Press <0> or <1> on the numeric keypad, or [ ]or[ ],tochangethebitvalue.• Press[Enter]tosavethesettingofthedisplayedparameterandreturntothemachinepa-

rameter edit screen.• Press[Back] nottosavethesettingofthedisplayedparameter.

6.Ifyouwanttosetothermachineparameters,repeatstep3-5.Otherwise,proceedtostep7.7. Press <Reset> to return the machine to ready screen.

You can confirm the initial setting of each Machine parameter by the Machine Parameters List. TheMachineParametersListwillbeprintedbypressing[ListParameter].

3-4

3.2.2 Clearing the Machine ParametersResets the machine parameters to factory defaults.

1.Fromstandby,press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<0>.2.Press[ClearParameters].3.Press[Yes].Themachineparameterswillresettofactorydefaults.

Adjustable items :

Adujstment Parameter

• Imagedataoutputlevel(Dataattenuation) 001

• ADFScanning start position adjustment(Horizontaldirection)• ADF Elasticrateadjustment(Horizontaldirection)• ADF Elastic rate adjustment (Vertical direction)• ADF Scanning start position adjustment (Vertical direction)• ADF Scanning end position adjustment (Vertical direction)• FBSScanningstartpositionadjustment(Horizontaldirection)• FBSElasticrateadjustment(Horizontaldirection)• FBSElastic rate adjustment (Vertical direction)• FBSScanning start position adjustment (Vertical direction)

010011012013014015016017018

• Mirror carriage standby position adjustment• Mirror carriage transfer mode position adjustment• Stamp time• Backgroundleveladjustmentposition

020021024025

Additional steps for fax scanning• ADFScanning start position adjustment (Vertical direction)• FBSScanning start position adjustment (Vertical direction)• ADF Scanning end position adjustment Vertical direction)

043045046

• OffsetofGammaParameter(Text/Text&Photo/Photo)• OffsetofGammaParameter(Text)

050053

• Protectduplexprintingforcassette1/cassette2/bypasstray/duplexunit 092

• Paperloopvolumeadjustment 260

• Currentadjustment(Half-lettersizeplainpaper)• Currentadjustment(Envelop)• Currentadjustment(Postcard)• Currentadjustment(LetterandLegalplainpaper-frontside)• Currentadjustment(OHP)• Currentadjustment(LetterandLegalplainpaper-backside)

280281282285288289

3-5

Machine Parameter 000 — Factory use only

Machine Parameter 001

bit InitialSetting Adjust Usage / Comments

7 0 Factory use only -6 0 Factory use only -5 0 Factory use only -4 0 Factory use only -3 0

Imagedataoutputlevel(Data attenuation)

Adjusttheattenuationlevelforimagedatasignaloutput.

bit 3 2 1 00 0 0 0 Memoryswitch11isactive0 0 0 1

: Do not set0 1 1 11 0 0 0 -8.0 dB1 0 0 1 -9.0 dB1 0 1 0 -10.0 dB1 0 1 1 -11.0 dB1 1 0 0 -12.0 dB1 1 0 1 -13.0 dB1 1 1 0 -14.0 dB1 1 1 1 -15.0 dB

2 01 0

0 0

Machine Parameter 002 ~ 009 — Factory use only


Switch InitialSetting Adjust Usage/Comments

7 0 ADF scanner registration adjustment(Horizontal)

Adjusts the start point to scan the document.The plus setting increases the left margin and the minus setting decreases it.

1 step = 5 / 600 dpi (0.2117 mm)

bit 7654321025 steps 00011001 +5.29 mm : 00010000 +3.39 mm : 00001000 +1.69 mm : 00000000 0 mm : 10001000 -1.69 mm : 10010000 -3.39 mm :-25 steps 10011001 -5.29 mm

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 1

3-6



7 0 Adjustment of the scanning stretchingandsqueezingforADF.(Horizontal)

The plus setting stretches the image data and the minussettingsqueezesit.

Each setting changes by 0.01%

bit 76543210 01111111 +1.27% : 00010000 +0.16% : 00000100 +0.04% : 00000000 0% : 10000100 -0.04% : 10010000 -0.16% : 11111111 -1.27%

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0



7 0 Adjustment of the scanning stretchingandsqueezingforADF.(Vertical)

Theplussettingsqueezesthe image data and the minus setting stretches it.


Switch76543210Settings

bit 76543210 01111111 +1.27% : 00010000 +0.16% : 00000100 +0.04% : 00000000 0% : 10000100 -0.04% : 10010000 -0.16% : 11111111 -1.27%

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0

3-7



7 0 Leading edge document margin adjustment (ADF)

Adjusts the leading edge margin from Document Sensor 2 (DS2) to the start of scanning the position.

1 step = 2 / 600 dpi (0.0847 mm)


127 steps 01111111 +10.76 mm : 00100000 +2.71 mm : 00010000 +1.36 mm : 00001000 +0.68mm : 00000000 : 10001000 -0.68 mm : 10010000 -1.36 mm : 10100000 -2.71 mm : 100111111 -5.34 mm :-127steps 11111111 -10.76 mm

Forfaxmode,addthevalueofmachineparameter043 to this adjustment.

6 05 04 03 12 01 00 1



71 Trailing edge document

margin adjustment (ADF)

Adjusts document feed after the trailing edge of a docu-ment passes Document Sensor 2 (DS2).

1 step = 2 / 600 dpi (0.0847 mm)


127 steps 01111111 +10.76 mm : 00100000 +2.71 mm : 00010000 +1.36 mm :

00010011 +0.93 mm : 00001000 +0.68mm : 00000000 : 10001000 -0.68 mm : 10010000 -1.36 mm : 10100000 -2.71 mm :-127steps 11111111 -10.76 mm


6 05 04 03 12 01 00 0

3-8



7 0 FBS scanner registration adjustment(Horizontal)

Adjusts the start point to scan the document.The plus setting increases the left margin and the minus setting decreases it.

1 step = 2 / 600 dpi (0.0847 mm)


127 steps 01111111 +10.76 mm : 00100000 +2.71 mm : 00010000 +1.36 mm : 00001000 +0.68mm : 00000000 0 mm : 10000010 -0.17 mm : 10001000 -0.68 mm : 10010000 -1.36 mm : 10100000 -2.71 mm :-127steps 11111111 -10.76 mm

6 05 04 03 02 01 10 1



7 0 Adjustment of the scanning stretchingandsqueezingforFBS.(Horizontal)

The plus setting stretches the image data and the minussettingsqueezesit.



bit 76543210 01111111 +1.27% : 00010000 +0.16% : 00000100 +0.04% : 00000000 0% : 10000100 -0.04% : 10010000 -0.16% : 11111111 -1.27%

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0

3-9



7 0 Adjustment of the scanning stretchingandsqueezingforFBS.(Vertical)

Theplussettingsqueezesthe image data and the minus setting stretches it.



bit 76543210 01111111 +1.27% : 00010000 +0.16% : 00000100 +0.04% : 00000000 0% : 10000100 -0.04% : 10010000 -0.16% : 11111111 -1.27%

6 05 14 03 02 11 00 1



7 1 Leading edge document margin adjustment For FBS

Adjusts the leading edge margin after Home Sensor OFF to the start of scanning the position.

1 step = 2 / 600 dpi (0.0847 mm)


127 steps 01111111 +10.76 mm : 00100000 +2.71 mm : 00010000 +1.36 mm : 00001000 +0.68mm : 00000000 0 mm : 10001000 -0.68 mm : 10010000 -1.36 mm : 10100000 -2.71 mm :-127steps 11111111 -10.76 mm


6 05 04 13 02 01 00 1


3-10



7 0 Mirror carriage standby position adjustment

Adjusts the number of the steps from the home sensor of the mirror carriage OFF to the standby position.

1 step = 2 / 600 dpi (0.0847 mm)



After the adjustment, please adjust machine parameter 013 and 014.

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0



7 0 Mirror carriage transfer mode position adjustment

Adjusts the number of the steps from the home sensor of the mirror carriage OFF to the transfer mode position.

1 step = 2 / 600 dpi (0.0847 mm)


127 steps 01111111 +10.76 mm : 00100000 +2.71 mm : 00010000 +1.36 mm : 00001000 +0.68mm : 00000000 0 mm : 10000010 -0.17 mm : 10001000 -0.68 mm : 10010000 -1.36 mm : 10100000 -2.71 mm :-127steps 11111111 -10.76 mm

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0

Machine Parameter 022 ~ 023 --- Factory use only

3-11



7 0 Confirmation stamp time

1 step = 10 msec

Thissetthetimetohowlongthestampsolenoidison.

bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2550 msec : 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 2000 msec : 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 1500 msec : 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 1000 msec : 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 500 msec : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 10 msec 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 300 msec (default)

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0



7 1 Backgroundleveladjustmentstarting position

Adjusts the number of the steps from the home sensor of the mirror carriage OFF tothebackgroundlevel adjusting start position.

1 step = 2 / 600 dpi (0.0847 mm)


127 steps 01111111 +10.76 mm : 00100000 +2.71 mm : 00010000 +1.36 mm : 00001000 +0.68mm : 00000000 default position (15.35mm) : 10001000 -0.68 mm : 10010000 -1.36 mm : 10100000 -2.71 mm :-127steps 11111111 -10.76 mm

6 05 04 03 02 11 10 1

Machine Parameter 026 ~ 039— Factory use only

3-12




7 1 Leading edge document margin adjustment (ADF)

Adjusts the leading edge margin from Document Sensor 2 (DS2) to the start of scanning the position.

1 step = 2 / 600 dpi (0.0847 mm)

Additional steps for FAX mode


127 steps 01111111 +10.76 mm : 00100000 +2.71 mm : 00010000 +1.36 mm : 00001000 +0.68mm : 00000000 : 10001000 -0.68 mm : 10010000 -1.36 mm : 10100000 -2.71 mm : 100111111 -5.34 mm :-127steps 11111111 -10.76 mm

Add this value tomachineparameter013.Thisadjustment is for fax mode only.

6 05 04 03 02 11 00 0




7 0 Leading edge document margin adjustment For FBS

Adjusts the leading edge margin after Home Sensor OFF to the start of scanning the position.

1 step = 2 / 600 dpi (0.0847 mm)

Addit ional steps for FAX mode




6 05 04 13 02 01 00 1

3-13



7 0 Trailing edge document margin adjustment (ADF)

Adjusts document feed after the trailing edge of a docu-ment passes Document Sensor 2 (DS2).

1 step = 2 / 600 dpi (0.0847 mm)

Additional steps for FAX mode


127 steps 01111111 +10.76 mm : 00100000 +2.71 mm : 00010000 +1.36 mm :

00010011 +0.93 mm : 00001000 +0.68mm : 00000000 : 10001000 -0.68 mm : 10010000 -1.36 mm : 10100000 -2.71 mm :-127steps 11111111 -10.76 mm


6 05 04 13 02 01 10 0


3-14



7 0 Offset of Gamma Parameter

Copy mode

ADF-frontsideDocument type:Text/Text&Photo/Photo


127 steps 11111111 Darkest setting :126 steps 11111110 :2 steps 00000010 :1 step 00000001 :0 step 00000000 Standard :-1 step 00000001 :-2 steps 000000010 :-126 steps 011111110 :-127steps 01111111 Lightest setting

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0




7 0 Offset of Gamma Parameter

Copy mode

ADF-frontsideDocument type: Text


127 steps 11111111 Darkest setting :126 steps 11111110 :2 steps 00000010 :1 step 00000001 :0 step 00000000 Standard :-1 step 00000001 :-2 steps 000000010 :-126 steps 011111110 :-127steps 01111111 Lightest setting

The total step is the sum of Machine parameter 050 (common steps for copy steps) and 053.Howeverthestepscannotexceed-127or127.

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0

3-15




7 0 Able to use the bypass tray for duplex printing0: Yes1: No

When set to “1”, the cassette or the bypass tray is notavailableforduplexprinting.

6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 0 Factory use only2 0 Factory use only1 0 Able to use the second cas-

sette for duplex printing0: Yes1: No

0 0 Able to use the first cassette for duplex printing0: Yes1: No




7 0

Paperloopvolume

Adjusttheloopatthesynchronizingroller.Moreloopwillcorrectpaperskew,butthinpapermayjam easily.Adjust it one step at a time.

bit 4 3 2 1 0 0 1 1 1 1 +5.0 mm 0 0 1 0 0 +4.2 mm 0 0 0 1 1 +3.4 mm 0 0 0 1 0 +1.7 mm 0 0 0 0 1 + 0.8 mm 0 0 0 0 0 No adjustment (default)

Switchbit7to“1”toreduce(minus)thevolume.

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0


3-16



7 0 Current adjustment

Half-lettersizePlain paper

The plus setting increases the current and the minus setting decreases it.

Each setting changes by0.11 mA.

When transfer problems occur, adjust this param-eter.Switch 76543210Settings

31 steps 00011111 +3.41 mA :8 steps 00001000 +0.88 mA : 00000000 0 mA Initial setting-1 steps 10000001 -0.11 mA-2 steps 10000010 -0.22 mA :-8 steps 10001000 -0.88 mA :-31 steps 10011111 -3.41 mA

WhenSwitch7is“1”,itmeans“-”.Forexample,“10000001” means “-0.11 mA”.

NOTE•Adjustingthemtoomanystepsaffecttheprint

quality.Justtrytodecreaseoneortwostepsat first.

•DONOTadjustthestepslargerthan31orsmaller than -31.

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0




Envelops



When transfer problems occur, adjust this parameter.Switch 76543210Settings






6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0

3-17




Postcards









6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0





LetterandLegalsizePlain paper front side









6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0

3-18





Transparency sheets (OHP)









6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0




LetterandLegalsizePlain paper back side









6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0

3-19

3.3 Memory Switch Adjustment3.3.1 Setting the Memory SwitchesTheseswitchesareusedtoprograminternalmachineparameters.Theprimarybackupbatterymain-tainsthesesettingsifpowerarelost.

1.Fromstandby,press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<1>.2.Press[MemSwitchEdit].

3.Callupthedesiredswitchbypressing or , or by pressing the numeric keypad.

4.Selectthedesiredswitchbypressingthebox.

5.Tonavigatethroughthememoryswitchsettings:• Thebitsarerangedfrom7(left)to0(right).• Press or ofthecursorkeytomovethecursor.• Press<0>or<1>onthenumerickeypad,or[ ]or[ ]tochangethebitvalue.• Press[Enter]tosavethesettingofthedisplayedmemoryswitchandreturntothememory

switcheditscreen.• Press[Back]nottosavethesettingofthedisplayedmemoryswitch.

6.Ifyouwanttosetothermemoryswitches,repeatstep3-5.Otherwise,proceedtostep7.7. Press <Reset> to return the machine to ready screen.

YoucanconfirmtheinitialsettingofeachMemorySwitchbytheMemorySwitchesList.ThememoryswitchListwillbeprintedbypressing[MemSwitchPrint].

3-20

3.3.2 Clearing the Memory SwitchesResetsthememoryswitchestofactorydefaults.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<1>.2.Press[MemSwitchClear].3.Press[Yes].Thememoryswitcheswillresettofactorydefaults.

Adjustable items :

000 • CED detection condition• DIS detect time after dialing• CED detection• Phone line type for the first phone line

001 • DIS detection condition• PBX mode dial pause

002 • Redial in D.0.7 error004 •DTMF attenuation005 • Ring signal detect time

• Number of CI signal detection in Fax / Tel Ready mode• Dual ring detection• Long ring detection• Frequency of the CI signal

010 • Busy tone detection• Fallback pattern• Overseasmode• V. 29 Echo Protect tone• Maximum transmit speed

011 • TimebetweenreceptionofCFRandtransmissionofdata• IntervalbetweenDCSandTCF• Output attenuation

012 • TTI clock type• TTI calendor type• TTI transmit• ECM response time• ECM error retransmit time• IntervalbetweenDISandDCS

013 • ANSam detection• V. 34 transmission• CSI / TSI / CIG transmit• ECM mode• RetransmitautomaticallywhenreceivingRTN/PINsignals

015 • Programindividualautodialerattributes• SendingRTCsignalwhentransmissioniscanceled• Cancel redial if T.4.1 or T.4.4 error occurs• Action after EOR signal

016 • Additional data on TTI transmit• Subscriber ID transmit• TTI (name) transmit

017 • TimebetweenANSamoutputandCMoutput• Check only manually entered fax numbers in ID check transmission

020 • Data error rate• Pause one second after sending CED• TimebetweenANSamoutputandDISoutput• Receivespeed

021 • DIS"inch"declaration• T1 timer• Printimagedatawhenpostmessageisnotreceivedafterreceiving

RTC signal• DIS / DTC Extend field Transmit• G3echoreceive

3-21

023 • V .34 reception• Action at time-out in Fax / tel ready mode• Calling period in Fax / Tel reception mode

030 • Number of HDLC end flags• Digitalcableequalizer• Tonedetectionlevel

031 • EYE-Qchecklevelat7200bps• EYE-Qchecklevelat9600bps• EYE-Qchecklevelat12000bps• EYE-Qchecklevelat14400bps

032 • EYE-Qslicelevel• Check EYE-Q• EYE-Qchecklevelat2400bps• EYE-Qchecklevelat4800bps

033 • DeletereceiveechoofCFRatthereceiverside• ExpandFSKreceivetimeafterdetectingflag

040 • Document length limitation

051 • Error line replacement052 • Add remote fax mark to the journal report

• Name printing priority on journal report060 • CML relay off time after dialing

• DTMF tones heard through handset061 • Off-hook / on-hook detect time

062 • CNG detect in Ans / Fax read• Switch-hooktime

064 • CNG detect period after TAD begins recording ICM• CNGdetectperiodafterTADanswers

065 • Adjustment of CI detect time• Beep if fax handset is hanged up

070 • Display error line• Tonal line monitor• Printcheckmessageifpowerislost• Print page if error occurs during memory transmission• Print check message

071 • PrintTCRwiththeoriginalpageduringmemorytransmissionwhenthe result is NG

• PrintTCRwiththeoriginalpageduringmemorytransmissionwhenthe result is OK

• Print T.30 monitor at communication error• Print T.30 monitor• Display modem speed

072 • Erase polled document

076 • Timing to turn off the S-Relay at fax reception• DisplaywhenthereisnoTTI

097 • Daylightsavingtime(Summertime)startmonth• Daylightsavingtime(Summertime)startweek

098 • Daylightsavingtime(Summertime)endmonth• Daylightsavingtime(Summertime)endweek

3-22

Memory switch 00x : Dialer

Memory switch 000 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 0 CED detection condition Setswhetherthedetectionshouldbestrictnot.

Normal Strict 350 ms 500 ms 700 ms 1000 msSwitch 5 0 0 1 1 4 0 1 0 1

4 0

3 0 DIS detect time after dialing0 : 55 sec1 : 70 sec

Sets the DIS signal is detected after dialing a number.

2 1 CED detection0 : No1 : Yes

Can be use to ignore CED detection if noise on the telephone lineismistakenasa2100HzCEDsignal.

1 0 Factory use only —0 0 Phone line type for the first

phone line0 : PSTN1 : PBX

When set to PSTN, the machine checks for dial tone and actsaccording to thesettingofmemoryswitch000,bit "1" .Whenset toPBX, themachinealwaysdialsagivennumberofsecondsaftergoingoff-hook.Memoryswitch001sets thenumber of seconds.

3-23


Memory switch 001 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 0 DIS detection condition Setswhetherthedetectionshouldbestrictornot.

Normal Strict 200 ms 300 ms 400 ms 500 msSwitch 5 0 0 1 1 4 0 1 0 1

4 0

3 0 PBX mode dial pause Setsthenumberofsecondsthemachinewaitsbeforedialingwhenmemoryswitch000,bit“0”issettoPBXmode.

Switch 3210 Pausetime 0000 0 sec 0001 1 sec 0010 2 sec 0011 3 sec 0100 4 sec Initial setting 0101 5 sec 0110 6 sec 0111 7 sec 1000 8 sec 1001 9 sec 1010 10 sec 1011 11 sec 1100 12 sec 1101 13 sec 1110 14 sec 1111 15 sec

2 11 00 0

Memory switch 002 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 0 Factory use only —4 0 Factory use only —3 0 Factory use only —2 0 Factory use only —1 0 Factory use only —0 1 Redial in D.0.7 error

0 : Yes1 : No

When set to “1” , the machine does not redial in D.0.7 error (Incomingdetectiontimeover).

Memory switch 003 : Factory use only

3-24


Memory switch 004 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 0 Factory use only —4 0 Factory use only —3 0 DTMF attenuation Seetablebelow.

Thesettingofthisswitchisavailableonlywhensettingotherthan 0.

2 11 10 1

MemorySwitch004:DTMFattenuation

Switch -15dB

-14dB

-13dB

-12dB

-11dB

-10dB

-9dB

-8dB

-7dB

-6dB

-5dB

-4dB

-3dB

-2dB

-1dB

-0dB

3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 02 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 00 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0

3-25


Memory switch 005 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 1 Ring signal detect time Set the timethatan incomingringwillnotbedetectedafter

hanging up. (Fax / Tel Ready mode only.)

Switch 654 000 100 ms 001 200 ms 010 300 ms 011 400 ms 100 500 ms 101 600 ms 110 700 ms 111 800 ms

5 14 0

3 0 Number of CI signal de-tection in Fax / Tel Ready mode0 : Detect 1 time1 : Detect 2 times

Select the number of detection time of CI signal in the Fax / Tel Ready mode or in the ringer silent mode.Incomingcallsareansweredaccordingtothissettingregard-less of the number of rings chosen in the User Settings.

2 0 Dual ring detection Whenenabled,themachineisabletoautoansweranincom-ingringwithanofftimeof120-60ms.

1 0 Long ring detection0 : No1 : Yes

Allowsthemachinetorespondtoanincomingring if theringontimeislongerthantwoseconds.

0 1 Frequency of the CI signal0 : No1 : Yes

Whendisabled,theunitwillnotcheckthefrequencyofthein-coming CI signal.

Memory switch 006~ 009 : Factory use only

3-26

Memory switch 01x : Transmission

Memory switch 010 :


7 1 Busy tone detection0 : No1 : Yes

Setthisswitchto“0”iftheringtoneofremoteunitismistakenfor a busy signal.

6 0 Fallback pattern (bps) 2400 4800 7200 9600 12000 14400Set at 0 : 2 times 2 times 2 times 2 times 2 times 2 timesSet at 1 : 4 times 1 time 1 time 1 time 1 time 1 time

5 0 Overseasmode0 : No1 : Yes

Re-enables echo suppression that is disabled by the CED signal (2100 Hz). Also ignores the first DIS signal andtransmits the DCS signal in response to the second DIS signal.

4 0 V. 29 Echo Protect tone0 : No1 : Yes

International telephonelinesequippedwithechosuppressionwillcut thebeginningportionof the transmitted informationwhichmaycausethereceivernot toreceivethetraininganddata.Toprotect the received image fromdegrading,a0.5second Echo Protect tone is placed prior to the training using G3 high-speed modem training (V. 29).

3 1 Maximum transmit speed (kbps)

2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12 14.4 16.8 19.2 21.6 24 26.4 28.8 31.2 33.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

2 11 00 1

Memory switch 011 :


7 0 ThetimebetweenreceptionofCFRandtransmissionofdata

WhenCFRanddataoverlapduetolineecho,increasetheintervalbetweenCFRanddatatransmissionusingthisswitch.

250 ms 500 ms 750 ms 1000 msSwitch7 0 0 1 1Switch6 0 1 0 1

6 1

5 0 IntervalbetweenDCSandTCFWhenFTTisreceivedafterDCSandTCFsignalsdueto lineecho, increasethe intervalbetweenDCSandTCFsignalsusingthisswitch.


4 0

3 1 Output attenuation Seetablebelow2 01 00 0

MemorySwitch011:Outputattenuation

Switch -15dB

-14dB

-13dB

-12dB

-11dB

-10dB

-9dB

-8dB

-7dB

-6dB

-5dB

-4dB

-3dB

-2dB

-1dB

-0dB

3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 02 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 00 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0

3-27


Memory switch 012 :


7 0 TTI clock type0 : AM PM clock1 : 24 hour clock

6 1 TTI calendor type bit 6 5 1 1 dd mm yyyy 1 0 mm dd yyyy (default) 0 1 yyyy/mm/dd

5 0

4 1 TTI transmit0 : No1 : Yes

NOTETurning TTI transmission off may violatelocalorfederalregulations.)

When set at “0”, transmission of the TTI is disabled. The TTI includesthefollowings:•Sendername•Sender’sfaxnumber•Data&time,andnumberofpagesTosettheindividuallytransmissionofthem,seeMemorySW016.

3 0 ECM response time0 : 3 sec1 : 4.8 sec

ThetimelimittoreceivetheresponsesignalfortheECMpostmessage.

2 0 ECM error retransmit time0 : 200 ms1 : 400 ms

The time limit before the ECM error is retransmitted.

1 0 IntervalbetweenDISandDCS

0 ms 500 ms 1000 ms 1500 msSwitch10011Switch00101

0 0

Memory switch 013 :


7 0 ANSam detection0 : Yes1 : No

During the V8 handshake, if some noise disturbs the handshake and an error occurs, set to “1”.

6 0 V. 34 transmission0 : Yes1 : No

IndividualsettingforV.34transmission.

5 0 CSI / TSI / CIG transmit0 : Yes1 : No

When set at “1”, transmission of the CSI, TSI and CIG signals are disabled.

4 0 ECM mode0 : On1 : Off

Determines ECM mode. ECM mode reduces document mem-ory and may lengthen transmission and reception times.

3 0 Retransmit automatically whenreceivingRTN/PINsignals0 : Yes1 : No

When set to “1”, retransmission disables automatically if re-ceivingRTN/PINsignals.

2 1 Factory use only —1 0 Factory use only —0 0 Factory use only —


3-28


Memory switch 015 :


7 0 Program individualautodi-aler attributes0 : No1 : Yes

Allows individualsettingofmemoryswitches010asattribute1, 011 as attribute 2, 012 as attribute 3 and 013 as attribute 4 whenfaxdestinationareprogrammed.(Refertopage3-45 for settings.)

6 0 Factory use only —5 0 Factory use only —4 0 Factory use only —3 0 Factory use only —2 0 SendingRTCsignalwhen

transmission is canceled0 : Yes1 : No

RTC signal is sent at the end of the transmission.Whensetat“0”,themachinewillsendtheRTCifthetransmis-sioniscanceled.Noerrorwilloccur.Whensetat“1”,anerrorwilloccurbecauseRTCwillnotbesent at the end of a canceled transmission.

1 1 Cancel redial if T.4.1 or T.4.4 error occurs0 : Yes1 : No

When set at “0”, if a T.4.1 or T.4.4 error occurs, the machine willnotretrythetransmission.

0 1 Action after EOR signal0 : Continue1 : Discontinue

SetsactionafterreceivingPPRfourtimesat2400bps.

Memory switch 016 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 0 Factory use only —4 0 Factory use only —3 1 Addi t ional data on TTI

transmit0 : No1 : Yes

When set at “0”, the transmission of the additional data (time, the number of pages, file number, etc) is disabled.

NOTEThisswitchisavailableonlywhenMemoryswitch012,bit4and/orMemoryswitch013,bit5isavailable.

2 1 Subscriber ID transmit0 : No1 : Yes

When set at “0”, the transmission of the subscriber ID is disabled.


1 1 TTI (name) transmit0 : No1 : Yes

Whensetat “0”, the transmissionof thenamewhichwasstored in the unit is disabled.


0 0 Factory use only —

3-29


Memory switch 017 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 0 Factory use only —4 0 Factory use only —3 0 TimebetweenANSamout-

put and CM outputWhenusingopticalcommunicationline,waittomakesurethatthe terminal adopter has turned the echo-canceler off.WaitingtoolongmayfailthereceivertocatchtheCMandgoto V 17 procedures.This setting is needed only for optical communication line.

bit 321 111 1750 msec 110 1500 msec 101 1250 msec 100 1000 msec 011 750 msec 010 500 msec 001 250 msec 000 Refers the time set on the modem

2 01 0

0 0 Check only manually en-tered fax numbers in ID check transmission0 : No1 : Yes

Whensetat“1”,theIDchecktransmissionwillcheckonlythemanually entered fax numbers and not check the number en-tered using the address book.

Memory switch 018 ~ 019 : Factory use only

3-30

Memory switch 02x : Reception

Memory switch 020 :


7 0 Data error rate0 : 10%1 : 20%

Determines theallowablenumberoferred linesoutof totallinesreceivedinadocument.

6 0 Pause one second after sending CED0 : No (75 ms)1 : Yes (1 sec)

A2100HzCEDsignaldisablesechosuppression insometelephoneequipment.Whenset to"1", themachinepausesonesecondaftersendingCED,whichallowsechosuppres-siontorestart.Thismayhelpwithproblematicoverseasrecep-tion.

5 1 TimebetweenANSamout-put and DIS output0 : 75msec.1 : 450msec.

This setting is for optical communication line.Adjust the timebetweenANSamoutputcompletionandDISoutput start. (When V.8 procedure dose not start by output ANSam,itmovestoV.8procedurebyoutputDIS)Terminaladopterturnstheecho-canceleroffandthenonwith-in 400 ms during the silent time.Use this adjustment to make sure that the echo-canceler is turnedonagain,when thecommunicationprocedurehasmovedfromV.34toT.30.

4 0 Factory use only —3 1 Receivespeed(kbps)

Maximumreceivespeedmaybeslowedtocompensateforpoorphonelines.

2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12 14.4 16.8 19.2 21.6 24 26.4 28.8 31.2 33.6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

2 11 00 1

3-31

Memory switch 02x : Reception

Memory switch 021 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 DIS"inch"declaration

0 : No1 : Yes

5 1 Factory use only —4 0 T1 timer

0 : 35 sec1 : 20 sec

Adjusts the T1 time-out. After the machine dials the remote machine’sphonenumber, itbeginssendingCNGandwaitsthis amount of time before disconnecting the line.

3 1 Printimagedatawhenpostmessage is not receivedafterreceivingRTCsignal0 : No1 : Yes

IfthereceiveddocumentincludestheRTC,themachineprintsthedataeventhoughthefollowingprotocolisnotsucceeded.

2 0 DIS / DTC Extend f ield Transmit0 : Yes1 : No ( Tx until Bit No.24 of

DIS / DTC)

Settingthisswitchto"1"willdisableITU-Tsuperfinemode.

1 0 G3echoreceiveAdjuststhedelaybetweendetectionoftraining/TCFandsendingofCFR.


0 1


Memory switch 023 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 V .34 reception

0 : Yes1 : No

IndividualsettingforV.34reception.

5 0 Factory use only —4 0 Factory use only —3 1 Action at time-out in Fax /

tel ready mode0 : Hang up1:Receivefax

Setthisswitchto“1”,toreceivefaxwhentime-overoccursinFax / tel ready mode.

2 0 Calling period in Fax / Tel reception mode

Defines the calling period in Fax / Tel reception mode.

bit 210 000 30 seconds Initial setting 001 40 seconds 010 50 seconds 011 60 seconds 100 90 seconds 101 120 seconds 110 180 seconds 111 300 seconds

1 00 0

Memory switch 024~029 : Factory use only

3-32

Memory switch 03x : Modem

Memory switch 030 :


7 0 Number of HDLC end flags Defines the number of HDLC end flags.

Switch 7654 0000 1 0001 2 0010 3 Initial setting 0011 4 0100 5 0101 6 0110 7 0111 8 1000 9 1001 10 1010 11 1011 12 1100 13 1101 14 1110 15 1111 16

6 05 14 0

3 0 Factory use only —2 0 Factory use only —1 0 Digitalcableequalizer

0 : Free1 : Hold

When set to “1”, become efficient for the line short break, butbecomeweak for the linenoise. It’savailableonly forcommunication at 14,400 or 12,000 bit/s.

0 0 Tonedetectionlevel0 : -43 dBm1 : -48 dBm

Whensetto“1”,detectionlevelgoesupbutitbecomesnoise-sensitive.AdjustCED(2100Hz)detectionlevelinUniqueswitch035.

Memory switch 031 :


7 1 EYE-Qchecklevelat7200 bps

0 0 1 1Strict-- - - - - - - - - - - -Lenient 0 1 0 1

6 0


0 0 1 1Strict-- - - - - - - - - - - -Lenient 0 1 0 1

4 0


0 0 1 1Strict-- - - - - - - - - - - -Lenient 0 1 0 1

2 0


0 0 1 1Strict-- - - - - - - - - - - -Lenient 0 1 0 1

0 0

3-33

Memory switch 03x : Modem

Memory switch 032 :


7 0 EYE-Qslicelevel0 : Disable1 : Enable

Setting thisbit to “1”enablesmemoryswitch032,bits0-3andmemoryswitch031,bits0-7andenablesEYE-Qcheckadjustment.

6 1 Check EYE-Q0 : No1 : Yes

Set at 0 : Line condition status (EYE-Q) is not checked after checking TCF.Set at 1 : Line condition status (EYE-Q) is checked after checking TCF.

5 0 Factory use only —4 0 Factory use only —3 1 EYE-Qchecklevelat

2400 bps 0 0 1 1Strict-- - - - - - - - - - - -Lenient 0 1 0 1

2 0


0 0 1 1Strict-- - - - - - - - - - - -Lenient 0 1 0 1

0 0

Memory switch 033 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 0 Factory use only —4 0 Factory use only —3 0 Factory use only —2 0 Factory use only —1 0 DeletereceiveechoofCFR

atthereceiverside0 : No1 : Yes

Modemwillbeopenedonlyinhigh-speedmode.Sets thisswitch to “1” to resolve theproblemcausedof theecho of CFR.

0 0 ExpandFSK receive timeafter detecting flag0 : 3.3 seconds1 : 10 seconds

Setting thisswitch to “1”extendHDLC framereceive timerin FSK from 3.3 seconds to 10 seconds after detecting pre-amble.


3-34

Memory switch 04x : Scanner

Memory switch 040 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 0 Factory use only —4 0 Factory use only —3 0 Factory use only —2 0 Factory use only —1 0 Factory use only —0 1 Document length limit Settingtounlimitedwilloverridedocumentjamsensing.See

thetablebelow.

Memory Switch40-0

Mode (mm)

0 COPY 500FAXSCAN

Ultra-fine 500Hyper-fine 900Super-fine 1,500Fine 1,500Normal 1,500

1 COPY 500FAXSCAN

Ultra-fine 500Hyper-fine 500Super-fine 900Fine 900Normal 900

Memoryswitch041~049:Factoryuseonly

3-35

Memory switch 05x : Printer


Memory switch 051 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 0 Factory use only —4 0 Factory use only —3 0 Factory use only —2 0 Factory use only —1 0 Factory use only —0 0 Error line replacement

0 : Replace to the former line

1:Replacetoawhiteline

Whenanerror line iscaused, the linewillbereplacedtothedesignated line.

Memory switch 052


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 0 Add remote fax mark to the

journal report0 : No1 : Yes

Set this function to “1” to print an “R” on the journal report when the locationname isacquired from the remote faxmachine.

4 0 Name printing priority on journal report

Select name printing priority.Refertablebelow.3 0

2 01 00 0

Bit 43210 First priority Second priority Third priority00000 Address Book Entry Address Book Number Subscriber ID00001 Subscriber ID Address Book Number00100 Address Book Entry Subscriber ID Address Book Number00111 Address Book Number Address Book Entry Subscriber ID01010 Address Book Number Subscriber ID Address Book Entry10011 Subscriber ID Address Book Entry Address Book Number10101 Subscriber ID Address Book Number Address Book Entry


3-36

Memory switch 06x : Remote reception

Memory switch 060 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 1 CML relay off time after

dialing0 : 1 sec1 : 200 ms

When dialing from the keypad, phone line noise may occur as theCMLrelayswitchesonandoff.Setthisswitchto“0”toavoidthis.

5 0 DTMF tones heard throughhandset0 : No1 : Yes

Determines if DTMF tones are produced through the handset in off-hook dialing.

4 1 Factory use only —3 0 Factory use only —2 0 Factory use only —1 0 Factory use only —0 0 Factory use only —

Memory switch 061 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 1 Factory use only —4 1 Factory use only —3 0 Off-hook / on-hook detect

timeSetsthetimeintervalbetweentheon-hookandoff-hook(oroff-hook/on-hook) condition.Switch 3210 Time 0000 0 ms 0001 100 ms 0010 200 ms 0011 300 ms 0100 400 ms Initial setting 0101 500 ms 0110 600 ms 0111 700 ms 1000 800 ms 1001 900 ms 1010 1000 ms 1011 1100 ms 1100 1200 ms 1101 1300 ms 1110 1400 ms 1111 1500 ms

2 11 00 0

3-37


Memory switch 062 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 0 Factory use only —4 1 CNG detect in Ans / Fax

ready0 : No1 : Yes

When set to “1”, the machine detects the CNG signal in Ans / Fax ready.

3 0 Switch-hooktime If theswitchhook isquicklydepressedandreleased,switch-to-faxwilloccur.Thissettingadjustshowquickly theswitchhookactivationmustbe.

Switch 3210 Time 0000 0 ms 0001 100 ms 0010 200 ms 0011 300 ms Initial setting 0100 400 ms 0101 500 ms 0110 600 ms 0111 700 ms 1000 800 ms 1001 900 ms 1010 1000 ms 1011 1100 ms 1100 1200 ms 1101 1300 ms 1110 1400 ms 1111 1500 ms

2 01 10 1


3-38


Memory switch 064 :


7 0 CNG detect period after TAD begins recording ICM

Sets theperiodduringwhichCNGisdetectedafter theTADbegins recording incoming message.

Switch 7654 Time 0000 0 sec 0001 10 sec 0010 20 sec 0011 30 sec Initial setting 0100 40 sec 0101 50 sec 0110 60 sec 0111 70 sec 1000 80 sec 1001 90 sec 1010 100 sec 1011 110 sec 1100 120 sec 1101 130 sec 1110 140 sec 1111 150 sec

6 05 14 1

3 0 CNG detect period after TADanswers

Sets theperiodduringwhichCNGisdetectedafter theTADanswersanincomingcall.

Switch 3210 Time 0000 0 sec 0001 10 sec Initial setting 0010 20 sec 0011 30 sec 0100 40 sec 0101 50 sec 0110 60 sec 0111 70 sec 1000 80 sec 1001 90 sec 1010 100 sec 1011 110 sec 1100 120 sec 1101 130 sec 1110 140 sec 1111 150 sec

2 01 00 1

Incoming rings

CNG detection is active CNG detection is active

TAD plays Outgoing message TAD records Incoming message

(Adjusted by Memory switch 64, bit 0-3) (Adjusted by Memory switch 64, bit 4-7)

3-39


Memory switch 065 :


7 0 Adjustment of CI detect time

Sets the time added to or reduced from the CI detect time.

Switch 76543 Time 11111 150 msec 11101 140 msec : : 01001 40 msec 00111 30 msec 00101 20 msec 00011 10 msec 00000 0 msec Initial setting 00010 -10 msec 00100 -20 msec 00110 -30 msec 01000 -40 msec : : 11100 -140 msec 11110 -150 msec

6 0

5 0

4 0

3 0



0 0 Beep if fax handset is hanged up0 : Yes1 : No

Determines ifyourmachinebeepswhenhaving left thefax’shandset hanging up after communication.


3-40

Memory switch 07x : Operation

Memory switch 070 :


7 0 Display error line0 : No1 : Yes

ThenumberoferrorlinescontainedinthereceiveddatawillbeshownintheLCD.

6 0 Tonal line monitor Allowsfaxcommunicationtobeheardthroughthemonitor speaker.

bit 6 5 1 0 ON 0 1 Monitor until DIS outputs 0 0 OFF

5


3 1 Print check message if powerislost0 : No1 : Yes

Ifthemachinecouldnotholdthememoryinaneventofpowerlosses,documentswillbe lost.Whenpower is restored,acheckmessagewillprint.

2 1 Print page if error occurs during memory transmis-sion0 : No1 : Yes

For easy identification, the first page of a document stored for memory transmissionwillprintalongacheckmessage ifanerror occurs during memory transmission.

1 1 Print check message0 : No1 : Yes

To notify the user of an error, a check message can be printed if a communication error occurs.


3-41


Memory switch 071 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 1 PrintTCRwith theoriginal

page during memory trans-missionwhen the result isNG0 : No1 : Yes

For easy identification, the first page of a document stored for memory transmissionwillprintalongaTCRwhenthetrans-mission result is NG.

4 0 Factory use only —3 1 PrintTCRwith theoriginal

page during memory trans-missionwhen the result isOK0 : No1 : Yes

For easy identification, the first page of a document stored for memory transmissionwillprintalongaTCRwhenthetrans-mission result is OK.

2 0 Print T.30 monitor at com-munication error0 : No1 : Yes

Setthisswitchto“1”toprintoutT.30monitorautomaticallyatcommunication error.

1 0 Print T.30 monitor Setthisswitchto“1”toprintoutT.30monitorbyeachcommu-nication.

0 0 Display modem speed0 : No1 : Yes

Thetransmit/receivespeedisdisplayedintheLCD.

Memoryswitch071—PrintTCRwiththeoriginalpage

Switch3 0 1Switch5 0 1 0 1WhenMemorytransmissionwasOK,… No No Yes YesWhenMemorytransmissionwasNG,… No Yes No YesWhenallbroadcasttransmissionswereOK,… No No Yes YesWhensomebroadcasttransmissionswereNG,… No Yes No Yes

Memory switch 072 :


7 0 Factory use only —6 0 Factory use only —5 0 Factory use only —4 0 Factory use only —3 0 Factory use only —2 0 Factory use only —1 1 Erase polled document

0 : No1 : Yes

Determines if a document stored for polling is erased after being polled.



3-42


Memory switch 076 :


7 0 Timing to turn off the S-Relay at fax reception.

Adjust thissettingwhenaprivateexchangerdisconnectsthelinewhenS-Relayisturnedoff.Bit 7654 time 1111 1500 seconds 1110 1400 seconds : : 1010 1000 seconds 1001 900 seconds 0100 800 seconds : : 0100 500 seconds 0100 400 seconds 0011 300 seconds 0010 200 seconds 0001 100 seconds 0000 10 seconds (default)

6 05 04 0

3 1 Displaywhen there is noTTI0 : No1 : Yes



Memory switch 08x : Not used

3-43

Memory switch 09x : Miscellaneous


Memory switch 097 :


7 0 Daylightsavingtime(Summer time) start month

Thisswitchsetsthemonthwhenthedaylightsavingtime (summer time) begins.Switch7654Time 0 0 0 0 March 0 0 0 1 January 0 0 1 0 February 0 0 1 1 March (Initial setting) 0 1 0 0 April 0 1 0 1 May 0 1 1 0 June 0 1 1 1 July 1 0 0 0 August 1 0 0 1 September 1 0 1 0 October 1011November 1 1 0 0 December

6 05 14 1

3 0 Daylightsavingtime(Summertime)startweek

Thisswitchsetsonwhichweekwhenthedaylightsavingtime(summertime)begins.

StartdaylightsavingfromSunday1:00

Switch3210Time 0000ofthelastweek 0001ofthefirstweek 0010ofthesecondweek(initial) 0011ofthethirdweek 0100ofthefourthweek 0101ofthelastweekofthemonth

2 01 10 0

3-44

Memory switch 09x : Miscellaneous

Memory switch 098 :


7 1 Daylightsavingtime(Summer time) end month

Thisswitchsetsthemonthwhenthedaylightsav-ing time (summer time) ends.Switch7654Time 0 0 0 0 October 0 0 0 1 January 0 0 1 0 February 0 0 1 1 March 0 1 0 0 April 0 1 0 1 May 0 1 1 0 June 0 1 1 1 July 1 0 0 0 August 1 0 0 1 September 1 0 1 0 October 1011November (initial) 1 1 0 0 December

6 05 14 1

3 0 Daylightsavingtime(Summertime)endweek

Thisswitchsetstheweekwhenthedaylightsavingtime (summer time) ends.

EnddaylightsavingfromSunday1:00

Switch3210Time 0000ofthelastweek 0001ofthefirstweek(Initial) 0010ofthesecondweek 0011ofthethirdweek 0100ofthefourthweek 0101ofthelastweek

2 01 00 1


3-45

3.4 Setting Individual Autodialer AttributesThisfunctionallowstheusertoconfigureanindividualaddressbookentrywiththesettingsshowninMemorySwitches010,011,012,013and014.

To set the individual attributes:1.Changememoryswitch15,bit7to“1”.(See“3.3.1SettingtheMemorySwitches” for more information on

changingmemoryswitch015.)2. When the function is enabled, an “Attribute” option is added to the address book destination registration

steps.Asanaddressbookdestinationisprogrammed,anextrastepshowingAttribute1,Attribute2,Attribute 3, Attribute 4, and Attribute 5 are added as the last step.

3.Settheindividualbitpositionsasshowninthefollowingtable.Tochangeasetting,press or until the cursorisbelowthedesiredbitposition;thenpress“1”or“0”tomakethechange.

4.Press[Enter]tosavethesettingofthedisplayedattributeandadvancetothenextattribute.5. To set the other attribute, repeat steps 3-4.6.Whenthelastattributeisset,thefaxwilladvancetothenextautodialerprogrammingsteps.

3-46

Attribute 1 - Individual Autodialer Setting (Equivalent to Memory Switch 010)


7 1 Busy tone detection0: No1: Yes

Setsthisswitchto“0”iftheringtoneofremoteunitis mistaken for a busy signal.

6 0 Fallback pattern (bps) 2400 4800 7200 9600 14400Set at 0: 2 times 2 times 2 times 2 times 2 timesSet at 1: 4 times 1 times 1 times 1 times 1 times

5 0 Overseasmode0: No1: Yes

Re-enables echo suppression that is disabled by theCEDsignal(2100Hz).AlsoignoresthefirstDISsignal and transmits the DCS signal in response to the second DIS signal.

4 0 V.29 Echo Protect tone0: No1: Yes

Internationaltelephonelinesequippedwithechosuppressionwillcutthebeginningportionofthetransmittedinformationwhichmaycausethereceivernottoreceivethetraininganddata.Toprotectthereceivedimagefromdegrading,a0.5second Echo Protect tone is placed prior to the training using G3 high-speed modem training (V.29).

3 1 Maximum transmit speed (kbps) 2.4 4.8 7.2 9.6 12 14.4 16.8 19.2 21.6 24 26.4 28.8 31.2 33.6

2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1

1 0 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1

0 1

3-47



7 0 ThetimebetweenreceptionofCFRandtransmissionofdata

WhenCFRanddataoverlapduetolineecho,increasetheintervalbetweenCFRanddatatransmissionusingthisswitch.

6 1 250 ms 500 ms 750 ms 1000 msSwitch70011Switch60101

5 0 IntervalbetweenDCSandTCF

WhenFTTisreceivedafterDCSandTCFsignalsduetolineecho,increasetheintervalbetweenDCSandTCFsignalsusingthisswitch.


3 *2 * Output attenuation Seetablebelow.1 *0 *

Outputattenuationwhenindividualautodialerattributesareset.Switch -15

dB-14 dB

-13 dB

-12 dB

-11 dB

-10 dB

-9 dB

-8 dB

-7 dB

-6 dB

-5 dB

-4 dB

-3 dB

-2 dB

-1 dB

-0 dB

3 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 02 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 01 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 00 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0

3-48



7 0 TTI clock type0 : AM PM clock1 : 24 hour clock

6 1 TTI calendor type bit 6 5 1 1 dd mm yyyy 1 0 mm dd yyyy (default) 0 1 yyyy/mm/dd

5 0

4 1 TTI transmit0: No1: Yes

NOTETurning TTI transmission offmayviolatelocalorfederal regulations.)

When set at “0”, transmission of the TTI is disabled. TheTTIincludesthefollowings:• Sender name• Sender’s fax number• Data & time, and number of pagesTosettheindividuallytransmissionofthem,seeMemory SW 016.

3 0 ECM response time0: 3 sec1: 4.8 sec

ThetimelimittoreceivetheresponsesignalfortheECM post message.

2 0 ECM error retransmit time0: 200 ms1: 400 ms

The time limit before the ECM error is retransmitted.

1 0 IntervalbetweenDISandDCS




7 0 ANSam detection0 : Yes1 : No

During the V8 handshake, if some noise disturbs the handshake and an error occurs, set to “1”.

6 0 V. 34 transmission0 : Yes1 : No

IndividualsettingforV.34transmission.

5 0 CSI / TSI / CIG transmit0 : Yes1 : No

When set at “1”, transmission of the CSI, TSI and CIG signals are disabled.

4 0 ECM mode0 : On1 : Off

Determines ECM mode. ECM mode reduces docu-ment memory and may lengthen transmission and reception times.

3 0 RetransmitautomaticallywhenreceivingRTN/PINsignals0 : Yes1 : No

When set to “1”, retransmission disables automati-callyifreceivingRTN/PINsignals.



3-49

3.5 Unique Switch Adjustment3.5.1 Setting the Unique SwitchesTheseswitchesareusedtoprograminternalmachineparameters.Theprimarybackupbatterymaintainsthesesettingsifpowerislost.

1. From standby, press <Setting>, <0>, <4>.2.Press[SwitchEdit].

3.Callupthedesiredswitchbypressing[ ]or[ ] , or by pressing the numeric keypad.

4.Selectthedesiredswitchbypressingthebox.

5.Tonavigatethroughtheuniqueswitchsettings:• The bits are ranged from 7 (left) to 0 (right).• Press[ ]or[ ]ofthecursorkeytomovethecursor.• Press <0> or <1> on the numeric keypad, or [ ]or[ ],tochangethebitvalue.• Press[Enter]tosavethesettingofthedisplayedparameterandreturntothemachinepa-


6.Ifyouwanttosetotheruniqueswitches,repeatstep3-5.Otherwise,proceedtostep7.7. Press <Reset> to return the machine to ready screen.

3-50

3.5.2 Clearing the Unique SwitchesResetstheuniqueswitchestofactorydefaults.

1. From standby, press <Setting>, <0>, <4>.2.Press[SwitchClear].3.Press[Yes].Theuniqueswitcheswillresettofactorydefaults.

4. Press <Reset> to return the machine to standby.

Adjustable items :

000 • Time to output simulated ring tone• Congestion tone detection

001 • Enable the first tone key• Enable the second tone key• Enable the dial prefix key

003 • Display only direct input number on redial list• The period before detecting busytone after dialing

010 •Including TTI inside the document•The number of times PPR is detected during ECM transmission

013 • Encoding method015 • V.8 handshake in real time Tx016 • Available*,#andspaceuponF-codeboxregistration

• Available*,#andspaceuponF-codecommunicating• Ignore space in F-code ID• F-code sub-frame off• Retrievedocument• Ignore F-code bit

017 • JBIG transmission018 • Disconnect the linewhenthe transmissionspeedfallsdownunder

7200 bps• Disconnect the linewhenthe transmissionspeedfallsdownunder

4800 bps• Transmission when disable to detect first NSF in real time

transmission019 • Numberofredialtimesforarchivetransmission020 • Transmit CED signal

• Pseudo-ring start time• Printoutthepagescompletedtoreceiveduringreceivingintomemory

021 • TCF check time (in 100 ms units)022 • Document storage method

• MMR reception• JBIG reception• Receivethejunkfax

023 • Receivingfaxin600dpi(Superfine)• Encoding method

029 • Displaysthemessage“NoNetworkConnection.”

3-51

030 • 3429baudsymbolratewhencommunicatingatV.34• 3200baudsymbolratewhencommunicatingatV.34• 3000baudsymbolratewhencommunicatingatV.34• 2800baudsymbolratewhencommunicatingatV.34• 2400baudsymbolratewhencommunicatingatV.34

032 • ANSam output time035 • ReceptionlevelatCED2100Hz037 • ThetimingbetweenV.34handshakesignals045 • Enable measures for false detection of punch holes as a document

leading edge• Enables measures for false detection of punch holes as a document

trailing edge• Enable measures for false detection of punch holes as a document

leading edge• Punchholemaximumsizeadjustment

050 • Smoothing in Hyper Fine (400 x 400 dpi) mode• Smoothing in Super Fine (200 x 400 dpi) mode• Smoothing in Fine mode• Smoothing in Normal mode

051 • Givepriorityto“fittopaper”052 • Printing margin adjustment053 • Printer density adjustment067 • CNG detection during OGM output in ANS Ready

• Number of detection DTMF071 • Line monitor in Quick memory transmission

• Rx document to polling document072 • DRAM back up075 • Journal list printing order

• Keypresstimetoactivatesleepmode077 • Print time-out on PCL text printing (at local printing)078 • Print timeout on GDI (at local printing)079 • Print timeout on PCL (at local printing)081 • Print dialing error on journal082 • Copy all data at “Copy Machine Settings”085 • Print/Sendtheconsumableordersheetwhenthedrumisnearend

• Print/Sendtheconsumableordersheetwhentonerisnearempty• Receivetimestampposition

095 • F4 paper length098 • Respondwarm-upconditionasreadyonSNMP

• Respond Sleep condition as ready on SNMP099 • Enable Quick TWAIN

3-52

Unique Switch 00x : Dialer

Unique Switch 000 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Time to output simulated ring

toneAdjust the time from income to output ring tone. (The time to detect CED)

bit 6 5 4 1 1 1 4.9 seconds 1 1 0 4.6 seconds 1 0 1 4.3 seconds 1 0 0 4.0 seconds 0 1 1 3.7 seconds default 0 1 0 3.4 seconds 0 0 1 3.1 seconds 0 0 0 2.8 seconds

5 14 1

3 0 Factory use only2 1 Congestion tone detection

0: No1: Yes

Settingthisswitchto“0”ignorestelephonelinecongestion tones.

1 0 Factory use only0 0 Factory use only

Unique Switch 001 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 0 Enable the first tone key

0: No1: Yes

2 0 Enable the second tone key0: No1: Yes

1 1 Enable the dial prefix key0: No1: Yes

0 0 Factory use only

Unique Switch 002 — Factory use only

3-53

Unique Switch 00x : Dialer

Unique Switch 003 :


7 0 Factory use only6 1 Display only direct input

number on redial list0: Yes1: No

Setthisswitchto“0”todisplayalldialhistoryontherediallist.Setthisswitchto“1”todisplayonlydirectinput number on the list.

5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 0 The period before detecting

busytone after dialingSwitch3210Time

1 1 1 1 1500 ms1 1 1 0 1400 ms :1 0 0 0 800 ms0 1 1 1 700 ms0 1 1 0 600 ms0 1 0 1 500 ms0 1 0 0 400 ms (Initial setting)0 0 1 1 300 ms0 0 1 0 200 ms0 0 0 1 100 ms0 0 0 0 0 ms

2 01 00 0

Unique Switch 004 ~ 009 — Factory use only

3-54

Unique Switch 01x : Transmission

Unique Switch 010 :


7 1 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 1 Including TTI inside the

document0: No1: Yes

Setting this bit to “0” transmit the document length addedwiththeTTI.Settingitto“1”transmitthelengthincludingTTIinsidethedocument.Howeverin this case, the image at the top of the document mightbeoverlappedwithTTI.(TTI length: 4.2mm)

2 0 Factory use only1 1 The number of times PPR is detected during ECM transmission

1 time 2 times 3 times 4 times0 1 0 0 1 1

0 1 0 1


Unique Switch 013 :


7 0 Factory use only6 1 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 1 Factory use only3 0 Factory use only2 0 Factory use only1 0 Encoding method Specify the encoding method.

bit 1 0 1 1 MMR 1 0 MR 0 1 MH 0 0 Machine capability (default)

0 0


3-55


Unique Switch 015 — Transmission


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 1 Not used4 0 Factory use only3 0 Factory use only2 1 Factory use only1 1 Factory use only0 1 V.8 handshake in real time

Tx0: No1: Yes

DetermineIthehandshakingwillbedonewithV.8recommendation if real time transmission.

Unique Switch 016 — Transmission


7 1 Available*,#andspaceupon F-code box registration0: No1: Yes

Determinesifthe*(asterisk),#(sharp)andspaceareavailableuponF-code box registration.

6 1

Available*,#andspaceupon F-code communicating0: No1: Yes

Determinesifthe*(asterisk),#(sharp)andspaceareavailableuponF-code communicating.

5 0 Ignore space in F-code ID0: Yes1: No

Determines if checking the space stored in the F-code ID.

4 1 F-code sub-frame off0: Send1: Not send

Donotsendthesub-addressandpasswordofF-codeboxwhenapointofsendingDCSsignalafter EOM signal.

3 0 Factory use only2 0 Factory use only1 0 Retrievedocument

0: No1: Yes

RetrievethedocumentreceivedinF-codeSecureMail box by polling transmission.

0 1 Ignore F-code bit0: No1: Yes

Neglect SEP bit of DTC signal or SUB bit of DCS signal at F-code polled transmission.

NoteThe “F-code communication” is possible the SecureMail and Polling operation using the F-code (SUB/SEP/PWD/SID).However,itisnotbasedonT.33recommendation.

3-56


Unique Switch 017 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 1 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 0 Factory use only2 0 Factory use only1 1 JBIG transmission

0: No1: Yes

DeterminesiftheJBIGtransmissionisavailable.


Unique Switch 018 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 1 Factory use only4 0 Disconnectthelinewhen

the transmission speed falls downunder7200bps0: No1: Yes

Determine if the machine disconnect the phone line whenthetransmissionspeedfalldownunder7200bps.

3 0 Disconnectthelinewhenthe transmission speed falls downunder4800bps0: No1: Yes

Determine if the machine disconnect the phone line whenthetransmissionspeedfalldownunder4800bps.

2 0 Factory use only1 0 Factory use only0 0 Transmissionwhendisableto

detect first NSF in real time transmission.0: Retry to detect NSF1:Transmitwiththestandard

protocol

DeterminestheactionwhendisabletodetectfirstNSF in real time transmission.

3-57


Unique Switch 019 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 1 Number of redial times for

archivetransmissionSwitch43210Settings

0 0 0 0 0 time0 0 0 1 1 time0 0 1 0 2 times0 0 1 1 3 times0 1 0 0 4 times0 1 0 1 5 times0 1 1 0 6 times0 1 1 1 7 times1 0 0 0 8 times1 0 0 1 9 times1 0 1 0 10 times1 0 1 1 11 times1 1 0 0 12 times1 1 0 1 13 times1 1 1 0 14 times (default)1 1 1 1 15 times

2 11 10 0

3-58

Unique Switch 02x : Reception

Unique Switch 020 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 1 Transmit CED signal

0: No1: Yes

Determines if sending CED signal.

3 1 Pseudo-ring start time (seconds) 5 6 8 10

Sets the time the pseudo-ring begins after answeringanincomingcall.(Fax/Tel Ready or Tel/Fax Ready mode only.)

2 0 Switch3:0011Switch2:0101

1 1 Printout the pages completed toreceiveduringreceivinginto memory0: No1: Yes

Determinesifwhethertoprintoutthepagewhichdataiscompletedtoreceiveduringreceivingitintofax’s memory.


Unique Switch 021 :


7 0 Factory use only6 1 Factory use only5 1 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 1 TCF check time

(in 100 ms units)If the TCF time is such that poor image quality is the result, lengthen the TCF check time.

Switch3210Time2 0 0 0 0 0 0 ms

0 0 0 1 100 ms0 0 1 0 200 ms0 0 1 1 300 ms0 1 0 0 400 ms0 1 0 1 500 ms

1 0 0 1 1 0 600 ms0 1 1 1 700 ms1 0 0 0 800 ms Initial setting1 0 0 1 900 ms1 0 1 0 1000 ms1 0 1 1 1100 ms

0 0 1 1 0 0 1200 ms1 1 0 1 1300 ms1 1 1 0 1400 ms1 1 1 1 1500 ms

3-59


Unique Switch 022 :


7 0 Document storage method bit 7 6 51 0 1 JBIG1 0 0 MG30 1 1 MMR Initial setting0 1 0 MR0 0 1 MH0 0 0 IMAGE

6 15 1

4 1 MMR reception0: No1: Yes

Used to determine the encoding method at DIS declaration.

3 1 JBIG reception0: No1: Yes

Used to determine the encoding method at DIS declaration.

2 0 Factory use only1 0 Factory use only0 0 Factory use only

Unique Switch 023 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 1 Factory use only4 1 Factory use only3 0 Factory use only2 1 Receivingfaxin600dpi

(Super fine)0: No1: Yes

Setswhethertoreceivefaxin600dpi.

1 0 Encoding method Used to determine the encoding method at DIS declaration. Specify the encoding method.

bit 1 0 1 1 MMR 1 0 MR 0 1 MH 0 0 Machine capability (default)

0 0


3-60


Unique Switch 029 :


7 1 Factory use only6 0 Displays the message “No

NetworkConnection.”0 : Yes1 : No

Setthisswitchto“1”willdeletethemessage“NoNetworkConnection.”Usethisswitchifthemachineisnotusedinanetwork.

5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 0 Factory use only2 0 Factory use only1 0 Factory use only


3-61

Unique Switch 03x : Modem

Unique Switch 030 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 1 3429baudsymbolratewhen

communicating at V.340: No1: Yes

If the error frame often occurs because of the symbolrateistoohigh,settingthisswitchto“1”maskthatsymbolrateandkeepdowntheoccurrence of error frame.

4 1 3200baudsymbolratewhencommunicating at V.340: No1: Yes



1 0 Factory use only0 1 2400baudsymbolratewhen

communicating at V.340: No1: Yes

Seeabove(switch5to2).


3-62


Unique Switch 032 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 1 Factory use only3 0 Factory use only2 1 ANSam output time

0: 3 seconds1: 4 seconds

ThetimelimittooutputtheANSam(Asinewavesignalat2100Hzamplitude-modulated).Setsto“1”whentheV.8handshakeishardtoachieve.


Unique Switch 033 ~034 — Factory use only

Unique Switch 035 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 0 ReceptionlevelatCED2100

HzMeasure for false detection caused by noise.AdjustthisswitchwhenCEDisfalselydetectedand T.1.1 error occurs.

bit 3 2 1 1 -51 dBm 1 0 -48 dBm 0 1 -41 dBm 0 0 -45 dBm (default)

2 0



3-63


Unique Switch 037 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 The delay before post-

message is transmittedIfretrainingoccursduetothelowreceptionsignallevelandfewdelayofthetelephoneline,itmayoverlapthesecondpost-message.Inthiscase,increase the delay before the post-message is transmitted.

3 0 0 ms 100 ms 200 ms 300 msSwitch4:0011Switch3:0101

2 0 Factory use only1 0 Factory use only0 1 Factory use only

Unique Switch 038 ~ 039 --- Factory use only

3-64

Unique Switch 04x :Scanner


Unique Switch 045 :


7 0 Enable measures for false detection of punch holes as a document leading edge0: No1: Yes

Thisswitchisameasuretoavoiddocumentjamthatoccurswhendocumentswithpunchholesarescanned.Alwayssetthefollowingswitchestogether.•Uniqueswitch045bit7•Uniqueswitch045bit6•Uniqueswitch045bit4(i.e.)00x0xxxx : Disable (Default)11x1xxxx : Enable

6 0 Enables measures for false detection of punch holes as a document trailing edge0: No1: Yes


5 0 Factory use only4 0 Enable measures for false

detection of punch holes as a document leading edge0: No1: Yes


3 0 Punchholemaximumsizeadjustment

Setthemaximumpunchholesizewhenuniqueswitch045-7,6,and4areactivate.

bit 3210 size1111 15 mm (0.59 inch)1110 14 mm (0.55 inch)1101 13 mm (0.51 inch)1100 12 mm (0.47 inch)1011 11 mm (0.43 inch)1010 10 mm (0.39 inch)1001 9 mm (0.35 inch)1000 8 mm (0.31 inch)0111 7 mm (0.27 inch)0110 6 mm (0.23 inch)0101 5 mm (0.19 inch)0100 4 mm (0.15 inch)0011 3 mm (0.11 inch)0010 2 mm (0.07 inch)0001 1 mm (0.03 inch)0000 10 mm (0.39 inch)

2 01 00 0


3-65

Unique Switch 05x : Printer

Unique Switch 050 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 1 Factory use only4 1 Factory use only3 0 Smoothing in Hyper-Fine

(400 x 400 dpi) mode0: No1: Yes

Smooths the data scanned in each resolution mode.

2 1 Smoothing in Super-Fine (200 x 400 dpi) mode0: No1: Yes

1 0 Smoothing at printing lists0: No1: Yes

0 1 Smoothing in Normal mode0: No1: Yes

Unique Switch 051 :


7 1 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 0 Factory use only2 1 Factory use only1 1 Factory use only0 0 Givepriorityto“fittopaper”

0: No1: Yes

Whenthereceivedfaxislargerthanpaperincassette,“0”willprintthemonsuitablesizewhile“1”willreducetothesizetofitthenononepaper.

Unique Switch 052 — Printer


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 0 Factory use only2 1 Factory use only1 0 Factory use only0 0 Printing margin adjustment

0: Normal1: No margin

3-66

Unique Switch 05x : Printer

Unique Switch 053 :


7 0 Printer density adjustment. Switch 76543210Settings

00000000 Notavailable 00000001 Lightest 00000010 : 00000011 : 00000100

00000101 Normal Initial setting 00000110 : 00001001 Darkest 00001011 Notavailable : ↓

6 05 04 03 02 11 00 1


3-67

Unique Switch 06x : Remote reception


Unique Switch 067 :


7 0 Factory use only6 1 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 CNG detection during OGM

output in ANS Ready0: Yes1: No

3 0 Number of detection DTMF Sets the number of detection the DTMF during Ans/Fax Ready mode.

Switch3210Numberofdetection0 0 0 0 Not detect0 0 0 1 10 0 1 0 20 0 1 1 3 Initial setting0 1 0 0 40 1 0 1 50 1 1 0 60 1 1 1 71 0 0 0 81 0 0 1 91 0 1 0 10 1 1 1 1 15

2 01 10 1

Unique Switch 068 and 069 — Factory use only

3-68

Unique Switch 07x : Operation


Unique Switch 071 :


7 0 Line monitor in Quick memory transmission0: Off1: On

6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 0 Factory use only2 0 Factory use only1 0 Rx document to polling

document0: No1: Yes

Retrievethedocumentreceivedinthememorybypolling transmission.


Unique Switch 072 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 1 DRAM backup

0 : No1 : Yes



3-69


Unique Switch 075 :


7 1 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 1 Journal list printing order

0: From old history1:Fromnewhistory

2 0 Keypresstimetoactivatesleep mode

Sethowlongtopress<EnergySave>toactivatesleep modeSwitch210time

1 1 1 7 seconds1 1 0 6 seconds1 0 1 5 seconds1 0 0 4 seconds0 1 1 3 seconds0 1 0 2 seconds0 0 1 1 second

1 10 1

Unique Switch 076 :


7 0 Threshold to determine paper size(verticaldirection)frompixel and resolution

At “Print on demand” (Box/Folder/USB memory), thepaperisselectedfromverticalandhorizontallength of the document.Thisthresholddetermineswhethertoprintononepage or go to another.

bit 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 255 mm : 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 0 200 mm : 1 0 0 1 0 1 1 0 150 mm : 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 0 100 mm : 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 0 50 mm : 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 mm 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 25 mm (default)

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0

3-70


Unique Switch 077 :


7 0 Print timeout on PCL text printing (at local printing)

1 second/stepAdjustablerange:1~15seconds

bit 7 6 5 4 1 1 1 1 15 seconds 1 1 1 0 14 seconds 1 1 0 1 13 seconds 1 1 0 0 12 seconds 1 0 1 1 11 seconds 1 0 1 0 10 seconds : 0 1 0 1 5 seconds 0 1 0 0 4 seconds 0 0 1 1 3 seconds 0 0 1 0 2 seconds 0 0 0 1 1 second (default) 0 0 0 0 1 second

Adjustimageprintingtimeoutbyuniqueswitch079bit7~4.

6 05 04 1

3 0 Factory use only2 0 Factory use only1 0 Factory use only0 0 Factory use only

Unique Switch 078 :


7 1 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 0 Print timeout on GDI (at local

printing)

5 seconds/stepAdjustmentrange:5~75seconds

bit 3 2 1 0 1 1 1 1 75 seconds 1 1 1 0 70 seconds 1 1 0 1 65 seconds 1 1 0 0 60 seconds : 0 1 1 0 30 seconds (default) 0 1 0 1 25 seconds 0 1 0 0 20 seconds 0 0 1 1 15 seconds 0 0 1 0 10 seconds 0 0 0 1 5 seconds 0 0 0 0 5 seconds

2 11 10 0

3-71


Unique Switch 079 :


7 0 Print timeout on PCL (at local printing)

5 seconds/stepAdjustmentrange:5~75seconds

bit 7 6 5 4 1 1 1 1 75 seconds 1 1 1 0 70 seconds 1 1 0 1 65 seconds 1 1 0 0 60 seconds : 0 1 1 0 30 seconds (default) 0 1 0 1 25 seconds 0 1 0 0 20 seconds 0 0 1 1 15 seconds 0 0 1 0 10 seconds 0 0 0 1 5 seconds 0 0 0 0 5 seconds

Adjusttextprintingtimeoutbyuniqueswitch077bit7~4.

6 15 14 0


3-72

Unique Switch 08x : Miscellaneous


Unique Switch 081 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Print dialing error on journal

0: No1: Yes


Unique Switch 082 :


7 1 Factory use only6 0 Copy all data at “Copy

Machine Settings”0: No1: Yes

Usethisswitchwhenyoureplacethemaincontrolpanel.

5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 0 Factory use only2 1 Factory use only1 0 Factory use only0 0 Factory use only


3-73


Unique Switch 085 — Miscellaneous


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Print/Send the consumable

ordersheetwhenthedrumisnear end0: Yes1: No

NOTEForthisfeaturetoworkcorrectly,youmustregisterseveralitems.See“3.17 Consumable order sheet” on page 3-103.

5 0 Print/Send the consumable ordersheetwhentonerisnear empty0: Yes1: No

NOTEForthisfeaturetoworkcorrectly,youmustregisterseveralitems.See“3.17 Consumable order sheet” on page 3-103.

4 0 Receivetimestampposition0: Outside the print area1: Inside the print area

Setwheretoprintthetimestamp.


Unique Switch 086 ~ 089— Factory use only

3-74



Unique Switch 095 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 0 Factory use only2 0 Factory use only1 0 F4 paper length Set the F4 paper length

Switch10length1 0 353 mm0 1 342 mm0 0 330 mm (default)

0 0

Unique Switch 096 and 097— Factory use only

Unique Switch 098 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Respondwarm-upcondition

as ready on SNMP0:Respondaswarm-up1 : Respond as ready

ToprintonRowportcorrectlybyAS400,setthisswitchto“1”.Whenthisswitchis“1”,SNMPmanagersuchasWebJetAdmindisplays“Ready”eveniftheprinterisinwarm-upcondition.WhentheprinterwarmsupwhileitisreceivinginformationonRowport,thejobwillbedivided.Thelatterdividedjobwillbeprintedwithinitialfontasithasnofontinformation.Thissettingwillavoidthisfontissue.

5 0 Respond Sleep condition as ready on SNMP0 : Respond as sleep1 : Respond as ready

ToprintonRowportcorrectlybyAS400,setthisswitchto“1”.Whenthisswitchis“1”,SNMPmanagersuchasWebJetAdmindisplays“Ready”eveniftheprinterisinsleepcondition.WhentheprintersleepswhileitisreceivinginformationonRowport,printingwillbe disabled. To enable printing again, this error shouldberecoveredwithadministratorauthority,andthissettingwillavoidthisissue.


3-75


Unique Switch 099 :


7 0 Factory use only6 0 Factory use only5 0 Factory use only4 0 Factory use only3 0 Factory use only2 0 Factory use only1 0 Factory use only0 0 Enable Quick TWAIN

0: No1: Yes

You can enable “Quick TWAIN” instead of the standard TWAIN box operation.See “3.43 Quick TWAIN Settings” on page page 3-150.-

3-76

3.6 Clear Programmed Data / User SettingsUser programmed information such as address book entries, date, time, Transmit Terminal Identifier (TTI), Subscriber ID, etc., are stored in the unit’s Random Access Memory (RAM) and on the CF memorycardthatisattachedtothenetworkboard.Thisfunctiondoesnotclearthemachineparameters,memoryswitchesanduniqueswitches.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<2>.

2.Press[Yes].

3.7 All RAM ClearTheAllRAMClearsettingwillerasealluser-programmedinformation,alldocumentsinmemory,andresetthememoryswitchesanduniqueswitchestofactorydefaults.Thisfeaturemayalsobeusedtotryandclearamachinemalfunctionorlockup.Ifpossible,whentheAllRAMClearisusedtoresetamalfunctionorlockup,itisadvisabletoprintthemachinesettings,address book entries to help in reprogramming this information.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<3>.

2.Press[Yes].

Theclearmodesinitializethefollowingdata:

All RAM Clear User Data ClearMachine parameterMemorySwitch UniqueSwitch Consumable order sheetLife moniterJounal Stored images Serial numberNetworkSwitch NetworkCapture DialOptionConversion IFAX Detail Status

: Cleared Blank : Not cleared

3-77

3.8 T.30 MonitorInallbinarycodedfacsimilecontrolprocedurestheHDLCframestructureisutilized.ThebasicHDLCstructureisshownbelow.

Preamble Binary coded information

Non-standard facilities frame(NSF) Called subscriber identification frame (CSI) Digital identification frame (DIS)

Flag Flag Address ControlFacsimilicontrollfield

Facsimiliinformationfield

Framecheckingsequence (FCS)

The information in this portion is printed in the T.30 monitor.

The control signal is identified by FCF (Facsimile Control Field). Additional 8-bit octet information followsFIF(FacsimileInformationField)andFC(FacsimileControlField)tofurtherclarifyfacsimileprocedures. This is added to DIS, DCS, DTC, CIS, CIG, TSI, NSC, NSF, and NSS signals.

3.8.1 Print T.30 MonitorThis mode causes the unit to print a G3 procedural summary of the last fax communication.1.Fromstandby,press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<5>.

2.Select[ON]or[OFF]foreachsettings,andpress[Yes].

3.8.2 Multi T.30 MonitorThe communications on the journal list are able to print.1. Press <Job Confirm. / Fax Cancel>.2.Pressthe[History]tabandselect[FaxTx]or[FaxRx].3. Select the desired communication.4.Press<*>,<0>,<5>.5.Select[ON]or[OFF]foreachsettings,andpress[Yes].

3-78

3.8.3 How to see the print out

(Example for fax transmission)

(Example for fax reception)

TxFrame : Signals sent by machine printing T.30 reportRxFrame: SignalsreceivedfromremotemachineDATA: Additional 8-bit octet information to clarify facsimile procedures. In the list, the data are

inhexadecimaldigits.Atthetopofeachdatashowsthetypeofthesignal.TCF : TCF check sequencePIX : Image data[V17MMRA30FE] Error Correction Mode (E=ECM on, blank=ECM off) Mode (S=8dot/mm x 15.4l/mm F=Fine N=Normal) Receiver'sminimumscanlinetimecapability Recordingwidthdocumentsize Compressing method Data signalling rate

3-79

0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

NSF, NSC, NSS:

NSF, NSC, NSS are nonstandard unit frames. The first three bytes of the FIF are specified by T.30. Thesubsequentdigitsareindividuallydeterminedbythemanufacturers.Thefirstbytereferstothecountrycode.Thesecondbyteisaspare;itis00(hex)presently.Thethirdbyteisthemanufacturercode.

TxFrame RxFrame D A T A NSF 20 00 00 45 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

The third byte is the manufactures code Thesecondbyteisspare;currentlysetat00H The first byte indicates the country code Indicates the NSF code

CSI, CIG, TSI:

CSI, CIG, TSI is composed of a maximum 20-digit number comprising the country code, area code, and subscriber’s telephone number. In the printed results, printing starts from the least significant digit ofthetelephonenumber.Thefollowingcodetableliststhecodesusedtomakethe20-digitnumberandtheirvalue.BelowthecodetableisaCSIexample.

Code Value Code Value Code Value Code Value20 Space 32 2 35 5 38 830 0 33 3 36 6 39 931 1 34 4 37 7 2B +

An example telephone number of 123-456-7890 is represented as:

TxFrame RxFrame D A T ACIS 30 39 38 37 36 35 34 33 32 31 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20

DIS, DTC, DCS:

DIS,DTC,DCSframesdefinethestandardCCITTcapabilitiesofthetwounitssuchastransmitandreceivespeeds,codingmethods,printerspeed,etc.

TxFrame RxFrame D A T ADIS 00 EF F9 C4 80 81 80 00

Thebitsareinthefollowingorder:( 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1) (16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9) (24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17)(32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25) (40 39 38 37 36 35 34 33) (48 47 46 45 44 43 42 41) (56 55 54 53 52 51 50 49) (64 63 62 61 60 59 58 57)

Table for hexadecimal digit to binary number:

Hex Binary Hex Binary Hex Binary Hex Binary0 0000 4 0100 8 1000 C 11001 0001 5 0101 9 1001 D 11012 0010 6 0110 A 1010 E 11103 0011 7 0111 B 1011 F 1111

Sointheabovelistthefirst"EF"is"11101111"(bitorder87654321)

3-80

A transmission with PPR signal:

The error frame in fax reception is identified using the post-message signal and PPR signal.

TxFrame RxFrame D A T APPS MPS BF 4F 00 00 0F PPR BC F0 00 FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF FF

InPPSsignalFIF,thepages,blocksandframesaredisplayedonevaluelessthantherealvalue. Sointheabovecase:Pages: 00 means one pageBlocks: 00 means one blockFrames: 0F means 16 frames

InPPRsignalFIF,theerrorframewillbedisplayedwith"1".Intheabovecasethefistframeis"F0"anditmeanstherewasanerrorfromframe4to7.

3.9 Printer maintenance modeIncaseoffollowings,usethismode.• WhenyouhavereplacedtheFuserunitand/orTransferroller.

• When “Checkout error : XX” message appear in the LCD, access this mode to determine the cause of the “Checkout error : XX” error message.

• Tosendtheserviceerrorviae-mail,registerthelocationusingthismode.

3.9.1 When you replace the Fuser unit or Transfer rollerTo access the printer maintenance mode:1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<6>.2.Press[SetReplaceCounter].

3.Ifyou’vereplacedthefuser,select[ReplaceFuser]. Ifyouhavereplacedthetransferrollerskiptostep5.

3-81

4.Press[Yes].

5.Ifyou’vereplacedthetransferroller,select[ReplaceTransferBelt].6.Press[Yes]. The machine goes back to standby mode.

3.9.2 When “Checkout error : XX” message is displayed

To access the printer maintenance modes for determine the cause of the “Checkout error : XX” error message.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<6>.2.Press[ServiceCall].3.Thekindofprintererrorwillbedisplayed.

NOTESee “4.3 Checkout error” on page 4-3 for the printer error messages and an explanation of each are outlined.

3.9.3 Register the e-mail locationTosendtheserviceerrorviae-mail,registerthelocationusingthismode.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<6>.2.Press[ServiceCalle-mail].3.Select[SendServiceCallE-Mail].

3-82

4.Select[ON]andpress[Enter].

5.Select[E-mailMailAddress1].

6.Enterthee-mailaddressandpress[Enter].7.Tosendtheservicereporttoanotherlocation,press[E-mailAddress2]and/or[E-mailAddress3]

andenterthelocation.Otherwise,skiptostep8.8.Select[E-MailSubject].9.Editthee-mailsubjectifneeded,andpress[Enter].

10. Press <Reset> to go back to the stand by mode.

3-83

3.10 Service Report PrintingYou can print out a report that contains machine’s usage and error history.

3.10.1 Printing the Service Report1.Fromstandby,press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<7>.


3.10.2 Contents of the service report

NOTESomedeviceontheservicereportmaynotbeequippedonyourmachine.

Contents of the header

Line Item Detail1 Date Current date2 Unit Serial # The machine serial number

Cust Name The registered TTI or the “Customer’s name” registered in Consumable Order Sheet

3 Fax Number The fax number registered in User InstallCust Tel The telephone number registered in Consumable Order

Sheet4 Installation Date Thedatethemachinewasinstalled(ThedatesetatUserin-

stall)Days Used / Work Days Days since the machine is installed / Days the machine has

worked5 ROM Version TheROMversionofMainROM,PDLROM,andMessage

Board

The header is common for simple report and detailed report.

3-84

First page of the report.

No. Detail1 •Papersizeperunit

•Numberoftotalprintedpages•Numberofpagesprintedoncurrentdrum(I/C)•Numberofpagesprintedaftertheresettablecounterisclearedandthecleareddate.

2 Number of printed pages based on counter calculating procedure(Fourlegalsizepaperiscountedfivelettersizepaper)

3 Printer trouble information (Total pages and the pages after the resettable counter is cleared)•Numberofjammedpages•Numberofprintedpagesperjammedsection

4 •Numberofscannedpages/Numberofscannedtimes•Numberofscannedpages/Numberofscannedtimesaftertheresettablecounteris

cleared and the cleared date5 Number of scanned pages based on counter calculating procedure

(Fourlegalsizepaperiscountedfivelettersizepaper)6 Scanner trouble information (Total pages and the pages after the resettable counter is

cleared)•Numberofdocumentjammedpagesperjammedsection

7 Life counter

Theresettablecountercleareddateisprintedwithsixfigureofyear/month/date.

5

1

2

3

4

6

7

3-85

Second page of the report

No. Detail8 Numberofprintedpagesperpapersizeandprintjob.

•Totalprintedpages•Totalprintedpagesoncurrentdrum(I/C)

9 Number of printed pages per paper media and mode.10 Numberofpageperoptionaldeviceandprintjob.11 Numberofscannedpagesperdocumentsizeandmode

8

9

10

11

3-86

Third page of the report

No. Detail12 Number of communication times per communication type13 Number of PC scan times14 Numberoftimesadvancedfunctionsused15 Number of customer registered information16 Machine set-up information17 Number of fax communication error per error code18 Number of internet-fax communication error19 ( for engineer only)

13

12

14

15

16

17

18

19

3-87

Fourth page of the report

No. Detail20 20 latest scanner error histories21 20 latest printer error histories22 20 latest printer jam histories23 ( for engineer only)

Fifth page is for engineer only.

20

21

22

23

3-88

3.11 Monitor speakerIf you need to monitor the signal of fax communication, turn this mode to on. You can hear the signal soundwithmachine’sspeakerduringfaxtransaction.

1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<8>.2. Selectthemonitortypefrom[ONuntilDIS]or[ON].

3. Selectthespeakervolume. Toturnthismodeoff,performstep1and2byselecting[OFF].

3.12 Test ModesThis mode offers the ability to print a test pattern and monitor certain unit output functions. Included arefollowings.

• Lifemonitor• Testpatternprint• Documentfeedingtest• Setbackgroundlevel• MakecolorGamma• SelectcolorGamma

3.12.1 Life MonitorThis function displays the machine status.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<9>, thenselect[LifeMonitor].2.Press[Detail]toseetheoptions.

•ROM Ver.0 =displaysmaincontrolboardsoftwareversion•ROM Ver.1 =displaysnetworksoftware(MessageBoard)version•ROM Ver.2 =displaysPDL(printerdescriptionlanguage)version

Display Item Detail

1Scan Count

CumulativetotalpagesPage CountTx (Transmission) Count

2

Drum Recycled Number of times drum is replacedDrum Life Currentdrumworkingtime(x10seconds)After Replaced Total printed pages on current drumAfter Caution Totalprintedpagessince"Replacedrum"warningis

displayed

3-89

Display Item Detail

3

Toner Recycled Number of times toner cartridge is replacedToner Life Tonercartridgeworkingtime(x10seconds)After Replaced Total printed pages on current toner cartridgeAfter Caution Totalprintedpagessince"Tonernearend"warningis

displayed

4

Fuser Replaced Number of times fuser is replacedFuser Life Currentfuserworkingtime(x10seconds)Xsfer Replaced Number of times transfer roller is replacedXfer Life Currenttransferrollerworkingtime(x10seconds)

5

Word Count (In Use) Thenumberofwordsusedondisplay.Ifthiswordsarelessthanthe“WordCount(de-fault)”,somewordsmaynotbeabletodisplay.Translationisneededforthemissingwording.

Word Count (default) Thenumberofwordsthesoftwareuses.

6

PCL

Optional items status(Yes: Equipped, No: Not equipped)

PS3 (PS3 option)PDF (PDF direct print option)BC (Barcode font option)CY (Cyrillic font)CF PPM Print pages per minute.

3.Press[Close]toexitthedisplaylifemonitor.

3-90

3.12.2 Printer TestThePrinterTestmodeofferssevendifferenttestpatternsasshownbelow.

Checkered Squares Paper Scum

Halftone Halftone2 White Black

Ladder LED Head Test 6% Pattern

1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<9>,thenselect[TestPatternPrint].2. Select the desired pattern is displayed.

3-91

3. Selectacassetteortraythatholdsyourdesiredpapersizetotest,andpress[Enter].

4. Enterthenumbersofpagestoprintandpress[Enter].

5. Press[Yes].Theselectedpatternwillbeprintedcontinuously.

Press <Stop> to stop printing.

3.12.3 Feeder testThe feeder test discharges all documents in the automatic document feeder (ADF) at a constant speed and displays the document total in the LCD.

1. Load test documents into the automatic document feeder (ADF).2.Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<9>,thenselect[FeederTest].3.Press[Start]tostartthefeedertest.

4.Press[End]toexitthetestmode.

3-92

3.12.4 Port StatusThistestmodeisnotapplicabletofieldserviceofthismachine.

3.12.5 Set Background LevelThebackgroundlevelisanestablishedthresholdusedtohelpmeasurethereflectiveabilityofascanneddocument.Thisthresholdcanchangeifthescannerlamp,CCD,ortheballastisreplaced;thereforethismodeshouldbeusedtoresetthethresholdwhentheseitemsarechanged. TheSetBackgroundLevelmodeallowstheleveltobesetwithouterasingmemorycontents.

1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<9>,thenselect[Backgroundlevel].2. Select the scanner to adjust.3. Press[Start].

Afterthebackgroundlevelsetting,themachinegoesbacktothereadyscreen.

3.12.6 Make color GammaThe machine has a color gamma data table as color scanning correction data. The color gamma table adjustsRGBcolorbalance,andisuniquepermachinebecauseoftheopticalvariation.Boththemainboardandcompactflashmemorycardonthenetworkboardkeepthecolorgammatable,andthesamedatawillbesavedonbothpartswhenyoumakeacolordatathoughbelowoperation.

Performthisoperationtoremakethecolorgamnatablewhenthefollowingpartsisreplaced:•Lamp•Inverter•Mainboardandcompactflashmemorycard(replacedatthesametime)

EitherofthefollowingchartisrequiedtomakethecolorGamma:2007-01 No.20071020

NOTEUse a clean chart that is not tanned or folder.

3-93

1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<9>,thenselect[MakeColorGamma].3. SetthechartonFBS(FlatBedScanner),andpress[MakeforFBS].

(Set the chart so that scanning starts from the chart top.)

4. SetthechartonADF,andpress[MakeADF/F]. (Set the chart so that scanning starts from the chart top.)5. Press[Close]togobacktotestfunctionmenu.

3.12.7 Select color GammaThe machine has a color gamma data table as color scanning correction data. A same color gamma tableiskeptonthemainboardandcompactflashmemorycardonthenetworkboard.Whenoneoftheboardisreplaced,performthefollowingoperationtoremakethetableontheother.

1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<9>,thenselect[SelectColorGamma].2. Select the source to be copied. Select[CF]whenthemainboardisreplaced,and[MFP]whenthecompactflashmemorycardis

replaced.

3. Press[Yes].4. Check the LCD that “Yes” is displayed at both “Unit” and “CF”.

3-94

3.13 Print Machine Parameters, Memory Switch and

Unique Switch SettingsThisfunctioninstructstheunittoprintalistofthemachineparameter,memoryswitchanduniqueswitchsettings.Thelistshowsthedefaultandcurrentsettingsforeach.

1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<0>.2. Select[ON]toenableduplexprinting,or[OFF]todisableit.


3.14 Factory FunctionsThisfunctionprovidesseveralmachinemachinatest.

Test list

Test Contents

LED test LightonalltheLEDlampstocheckthatthelampsareworking.

LCD test Display test patterns on the LCD to check for dead pixel.

Panel test DisplaythekeynameontheLCDwhenthekeyispressed. Youcancheckthatthekeysareworking.

SRAM check CheckthattheSRAMisworkingincasethattheregisteredfaxnumbers turn into garbage.

DRAM check CheckthattheDRAMisworkingcorrectly. Checkalsowhenthememoryisexpanded.

RTC test Factory use only.

Page memory check Checkthatthepagememoryisworkingincasethattheprintim-agesarewrong.

Pseudo ring test Check the bell of external telephone and the pseudo ring.

Serialnumberwriting Factory use only.

3-95

3.14.1 LED Test1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<1>,thenselect[LEDTest].2. Press <Start>.

Everytimeyoupress<Start>theLEDilluminatesinthefollowingorder: Green Red Blue All LEDs ON All LEDs OFF3. Press <Stop> to complete the test.

3.14.2 LCD TestThis mode displays three test patterns in LCD.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<1>,thenselect[LCDTest].2. Press <Start> to turn all dots off.

3. Press <Start> to turn all dots on.

4. Press <Start> to display letters.

5. Press <Stop> to complete the test.

3-96

3.14.3 Key Panel Test1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<1>,thenselect[PanelTest].2.Aseachbuttononthekeypadispressed,arepresentativenameasshowinthefollowingtablewillbedis-

played.

Key Indication in LCD Key Indication in LCDCopy Copy Personal Mode PersonalScan Scan Job Confirm /Fax

CancelJob Confirm /Fax Cancel

Fax Fax Reset ResetPrint Print Numeric keys 1 to

10,*,#Tenkey1to0,*,#

My MFP My MFP Stop StopScreen 1 to Screen4 Screen 1 to Screen4 Start StartSetting Settings EnergySave EnergySaveLogin Login

3.Press<Stop>twicetocompletethekeypaneltest.

3.14.4 SRAM CheckThismodeisusedtotesttheSRAMmemorywhereuserprogrammedparameterssuchasdate,time,TTI,etc are stored.TheAllRAMClearerasesallusersettingsandresetsallmemoryswitches,machineparametersanduniqueswitchestofactorydefaults.

1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<1>, then select “SRAM Check”.2. Press <Start>.

Thedataarewrittento,thenreadfromeachaddress.Theresultsareshowninthedisplay.Iftheread/writetestissuccessful,thedisplaywillshow“OK”.Ifsomeportionoftheread/writetestfails,thedisplaywillshow“NG”withtheaddressandthedataname.

3.Press[Close]tocompletetheSRAMCheck.

3-97

3.14.5 DRAM CheckThis mode is used to test the DRAM memory, or document memory.

1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<1>,thenselect[DRAMCheck].2. Enter the test data.

3. Depending on the amount of DRAM in the unit, press <0>.4.Press[Start].

Themachinestartscheckingandtheresult(OK/NG)willbeshowninthedisplay.5.Press[Close]tocompletetheDRAMCheck.

3.14.6 RTC(real time clock) TestThistestmodeisnotapplicabletofieldserviceofthismachine.

3.14.7 Page memory checkWhen the letters are not printed correctly, perform this test.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<1>,thenselect[PageMemorycheck].2. Select the desired checking area.

3.Themachinestartscheckingandtheresult(OK/NG)willbeshowninthedisplay. IfNGisshown,performtheDRAMclear(see“3.18 DRAM Clear”), and then go back to step 1.

4.Press[Close]tocompletethepagememorycheck.

3-98

3.14.8 Pseudo ring test

1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<1>,thenselect[Pseudoringtest].2.Press[Start],toringthebell.

3.Press[End]tostop.4.Press[Close]tocompletethepseudoringtest.

3.14.9 Serial number writingThistestmodeisnotapplicabletofieldserviceofthismachine.

3-99

3.15 Line TestsThismodeoffersseveralinternaltestsandabilitytomonitorcertainunitoutputfunctions.Includedarerelay tests, modem signal output monitoring, and DTMF output monitoring.

NOTETomonitorthetones,anexternalmonitoringdevicemustbeconnectedtothetelephonelinejack.

3.15.1 Relay TestThismodeteststheon/offoperationofvariousrelaysandswitches.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<2>.2.Select[Relay].

4.Selecttherelayyouwanttotest.Whenitisselected,itwillbehighlighted.

CML relay – on DP relay – on L relay – on RI relay – onCML relay – off DP relay – off L relay –off RI relay – off

S relay – on H relay – on CONT24V relay – on Hook keyS relay – off H relay –off CONT24V relay – off

5.Press[Close]toexittherelaytestmode.

3-100

3.15.2 Tonal Signal TestThe tonal signal test permits the unit’s output tones to be monitored.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<2>.2.Press[Tonal].3.Selectyourdesiredtonalsignaltest.Whenitisselected,itwillbehighlighted.

Refertothetablebelow.

Signal SignalNone (stop signal) V17_2400_7200_W1_B4 picture date

400Hztone V17_2400_7200_W0_B1 picture date600Hztone V17_2400_7200_W4_B1 picture date1100Hztone V17_2400_9600_W1_B0 picture date1300Hztone V17_2400_9600_W1_B1 picture date2100Hztone V17_2400_9600_W1_B4 picture date3000Hztone V17_2400_9600_W0_B1 picture date3400Hztone V17_2400_9600_W4_B1 picture dateFSK WHITE V17_2400_12000_W1_B0 picture dateFSK BLACK V17_2400_12000_W1_B1 picture date

FSK _W1_B1 V17_2400_12000_W1_B4 picture dateV27_1200_2400 picture date V17_2400_12000_W0_B1 picture dateV27_1600_4800 picture date V17_2400_12000_W4_B1 picture dateV29_2400_7200 picture date V17_2400_14400_W1_B0 picture dateV29_2400_9600 picture date V17_2400_14400_W1_B1 picture date

V17_2400_7200_W1_B0 picture date V17_2400_14400_W1_B4 picture dateV17_2400_7200_W1_B1 picture date V17_2400_14400_W0_B1 picture date

V17_2400_14400_W4_B1 picture date

SignalV34_2400_2400~21600V34_2800_4800~26400V34_3000_4800~28800V34_3200_4800~31200V34_34290_4800~33600

5.Press[Close]toexittherelaytestmode.

NOTEItmaytakeseveralmomentsforoutputsignaltochange.

3-101

3.15.3 DTMF Output TestThe DTMF output test permits the unit’s DTMF tones to be monitored.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<2>.2.Select[DTMF].3.SelectyourdesiredtonalDTMFtone.Whenitisselected,itwillbehighlighted.

Display Signal Display Signal0 DTMF0(941Hz+1336Hz) ROW1 ROW1(697Hz)1 DTMF1(697Hz+1209Hz) ROW2 ROW2(770Hz)2 DTMF2(697Hz+1336Hz) ROW3 ROW3(852Hz)3 DTMF3(697Hz+1477Hz) ROW4 ROW4(941Hz)4 DTMF4(770Hz+1209Hz) COL1 COL1(1209Hz)5 DTMF5(770Hz+1336Hz) COL2 COL2(1336Hz)6 DTMF6(770Hz+1477Hz) COL3 COL3(1447Hz)7 DTMF7(852Hz+1209Hz) COL4 COL4(1633Hz)8 DTMF8(852Hz+1336Hz)9 DTMF9(852Hz+1477Hz)

*(AST) DTMF6*(941Hz+1209Hz)#

(SHARP)DTMF#(941Hz+1477Hz)

4. To stop outputting the DTMF tone, press <Stop>.5. To select another DTMF tone, repeat steps 3-4.

Otherwise,proceedtostep6.6.ToexittheDTMFoutputtest,press[Close]undernottests.

NOTEItmaytakeseveralmomentsforoutputsignaltochange.

3-102

3.16 Mirror Carriage Transfer Mode

IMPORTANTThemachineisshippedwithmirrorcarriagelockedtoprotectthemachine’smirrorcarriageduringshipping.Wheninstallingthemachine,slidethescannerlockingleverbacktoitsunlockingposi-tion.Thenturnthepoweronandperformthefollowing:

1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<4>.2.Select[OFF].

3.Selecttheenergysavemodestarttime. Ifyouchose[No],thesettingadjustmentiscomplete.

No Lowpowermode: 1minuteSleep mode : 1 minute

Yes Lowpowermode: 15minutesSleep mode : 60 minutes

4.Select[Yes]tochangetheenergysavemodestarttime.

IMPORTANTIfreshipping,turnonthismodetomovethemirrorcarriagetothetransportposition.ThenPress<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<4>,and[OFF].

3-103

3.17 Consumable order sheetWhen the drum cartridge is near end of its design life or the toner cartridge is near empty, the machine prints (or transmit) the consumable sheet.

1 Dealer’s fax number 16 Dealer’s name2 Customer’s name 17 Dealer’s code3 Customer’s department 18 Dealer’s telephone number4 Customer’s address 19 Dealer’s fax number5 Customer’s account 20 Dealer’s e-mail address6 Customer’s telephone number 21 Comment *1

7 Customer’s fax number registered by Initial setting mode (Setting, User Install).

22 Placeofthecustomerwritehis/hersignature *1

8 Customer’s e-mail address 1 23 Drum used percentage9 Customer’s e-mail address 2 24 Drum rotate time (x 10 seconds)

10 Serial number of the unit 25 Drum life time 11 Order item 26 Drum used percentage12 Description of the order item 27 Total print pages13 Quantity of the order item 28 Number of print pages after toner bottle

ordrumunitwasreplaced.14 Payment options *1 29 ROMversion15 Date of payment *1

*1Theseitemsshouldbeenteredmanually.

3-104

3.17.1 Set consumable order sheet1. Clear the junk data, if necessary.2.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<5>.3.Press[OrderSheet].

4.Press[DealerCode].

5.EntertheDealer’scodeandpress[Enter]. The code may be up to 10 characters in length.

6.Press[DealerName].7.EntertheDealer’sname(Supplier’sname)andpress[Enter].

The name may be up to 30 characters in length.

3-105

8.Press[DealerTelNo].9.Enterthedistributor’stelephonenumberandpress[Enter].

The phone number may be up to 20 characters in length.

10.Press[DealerFaxNo].11.Enterthedealer’sfaxnumberandpress[Enter].

The fax number may be up to 20 characters in length.

12.Press[CustAccount#].13.Enterthecustomer’saccountnumberandpress[Enter].

The customer’s account number may be up to 10 characters in length.

14.Press[CustName].15.Enterthecustomer’saccountnumberandpress[Enter].


3-106

16.Press[Clientdepartment].17. Enter the customer’s department and press .


18.Press[Address1].19.Enterthecustomer’se-mailaddress1,andpress[Enter].

The customer’s e-mail address may be up to 50 characters in length.

20.Press[Address2].21.Enterthecustomer’se-mailaddress2,andpress[Enter].

The customer’s e-mail address may be up to 50 characters in length.

22.Press[CustTel].23. Enter the customer’s phone number.

The phone number may be up to 20 characters in length.

3-107

24.Press[Price].25.Enterthepriceoftonercartridgeandpress[Enter].

26.Press[OrderSheetSetting].27.Selectthewaytodealwiththeconsumableordersheetwhentheprinterconsumableisnearendofits

designed life.If“OFF”isselected,themachinedoesnotprintortransmittheconsumableordersheeteventhoughtheprinter consumable is near end of its designed life.

28.Whenyouhaveselected[e-mail]instep27,press[e-mailSubject].29.Enterthesubjectwhensendingtheconsumableordersheet,andpress[Enter].

30.Press[Close]toexittheordersheetsetting.

3-108

3.17.2 Clear consumable order sheet1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<5>.2. Select[ClearOrderSheet].3.Press[Yes].

3.17.3 Print consumable order sheetTo check the customer’s information has been registered correctly, print the consumable order sheet.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<5>.2. Select[OrderSheetList].3.Select[ON]or[OFF]foreachsettings,andpress[Yes].

3-109

3.18 DRAM ClearThis clears the image storage memory.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<1>,<6>.2.Press[Yes].

3.Afterclearing,turnthepowerOFFandON.

3.19 Life monitor maintenance3.19.1 Resettable counter clearingClearthecounterofthemachine.Thefollowingcounterwillbecleared:•Scannedpagespermode(copy/scan/fax/print)•Scannedtimespermode(copy/scan/fax)•Pagesperscannerpart(ADF/FBS)•Timesperscannerpart(ADF/FBS)•Scannerjaminformation•Printpagespercassette•Jammedpagespercassette•Jammedpagesperprintpart1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<0>.2. Select[Initializeresettablecounter].

3. Press[Yes].

3.19.2 Reentering the life monitorYourmachinemaintainsthelifemonitorvalueonthemaincontrolboard.Whenthemaincontrolboardis replaced, reenter the life monitor.

•Numberofdrumreplacement:Numberoftimesdrumcartridgeisreplaced•DrumRotationTime:Timehowlongthedrumhasrotated(x10seconds)•Numberofpagesafterdrumreplaced:Printpagesoncurrentdrumcartridge•Numberofpagesafterdrumcaution:Printpagesafterthe“Drumnearend”cautionisdisplayed•Numberoftonerreplacements:Numberoftimestonercartridgeisreplaced•TonerRotationTime:Timehowlongtheagitatorhasrotated(x10seconds)•Numberofpagesaftertonerreplaced:Printpagesoncurrenttonercartridge•Numberofpagesaftertonercaution:Printpagesafterthe“Toneralmostempty”cautionisdisplayed•FuserReplacedCount:Numberoftimesfuserisreplaced•FuserLife:Timehowlongcurrentfuserisworking(x10seconds)•TransferReplacedCount:Numberoftimestransferrollerisreplaced

3-110

•TransferLife:Timehowlongcurrenttransferrollerisworking(x10seconds)

1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<0>.

2.Press[Numberofdrumreplacements].3.Enterthevalueandpress[Enter].

4.Press[DrumRotationTime].5.Enterthevalueandpress[Enter].6.Press[Numberofpagesafterdrumreplaced].7.Enterthevalueandpress[Enter].8.Press[Numberofpagesafterdrumcaution].9.Enterthevalueandpress[Enter].10.Press[Numberoftonerreplacements].11.Enterthevalueandpress[Enter].12.Press[TonerRotationTime].13.Enterthevalueandpress[Enter].14.Press[Numberofpagesaftertonerreplaced].15.Enterthevalueandpress[Enter].16.Press[Numberofpagesaftertonercaution].17.Enterthevalueandpress[Enter].18.Press[FuserReplacedCount].19.Enterthevalueandpress[Enter].20.Press[FuserLife].21.Enterthevalueandpress[Enter].22.Press[TransferReplacedCount].23.Enterthevalueandpress[Enter].24.Press[TransferLife].25.Enterthevalueandpress[Enter].26.Press[Close].

3-111

3.20 Sensor input testThismodecanconfirmthesensorstatus.Whenthesensoroperates,thevaluenexttosensornamechangesfromOFFtoONorfromONtoOFF.Forexample,whenopenthepapercassette1,theCAS1:OFF change to CAS1: ON.1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<2>.2.Presseither[ScannerSensorStatus]or[PrinterSensorStatus].

Scanner Sensor Status

Name Status Name StatusTXIL OFF:Scannercoverisopen

ON:ScannercoveriscloseHS OFF: Mirror outer than HS

ON: Mirror inner than HSDS1 OFF: No document

ON: Document existingDS2 OFF: No document

ON: Document existingDS3* No sensor on this machine APS OFF:Platencoverisopen

ON:PlatencoverisclosedDRS* No sensor on this machine

Printer Sensor Status

Name Status Name StatusTHRM ShowthetemperatureofHeater

roller.TEMP Showtheinternaltemperatureof

machine.BAT ShowthevoltageoftheSDRAM

backup battery.TS1 Showtheremainingtonerlevel. TS2 Showtheremainingtonerlevel.HP No sensor on this machinePSS OFF: No paper

ON: Detect paperPDS OFF: No paper

ON: Detect paper jamSWBK OFF: No paper

ON: Detect paperDRNW OFF:Drumnew

ON: Drum usedDREX OFF: No drum

ON: Detect drumDVNW OFF:Developingunitnew

ON:DevelopingunitusedCAS1 OFF: Cassette 1 is close

ON: Cassette is openPES1 OFF: No paper in cassette 1

ON: Detect paper is cassette 1SIDE_OP OFF:Sidecover1isclose

ON:Sidecover1isopenCAS2 OFF: Cassette 2 is close

ON: Cassette 2 is openPES2 OFF: No paper in cassette 2

ON: Detect paper is cassette 2JAM2_OP OFF:Sidecover2isclose

ON:Sidecover2isopenCASM OFF: Bypass tray is close

ON: Bypass tray is openPES2 OFF: No paper on bypass tray

ON: Detect paper on bypass trayFRNT_OP OFF:Frontcoverisclose

ON:Frontcoverisopen

NOTECAS2,PES2andJAM2_OPdonotchange,whenthereisnosecondcassetteattached.

3-112

3.21 Printer diagnostic modeThis mode can confirm the operation of each parts of the printer section.


2. SelectthedeviceyouwanttosettoON.FanFull :RotatethefanmotorwithfullpowerRx Motor : Rotate the Rx motorDupDirCW :RotatetheDuplexMotorclockwise(CW)orcounterclockwise(CCW).Mup Mtr : Rotate the duplex motorShiftMtr :Thismotorisnotavailableonyourmachine.Clutch 1 : Turn on clutch of cassette 1Clutch 2 : Turn on clutch of cassette 2Man Clutch : Rotate Bypass tray feed clutchReg Clutch : Turn on Register roller clutchALLOFF :Turnthealldevicetooff

3.Pressthekeyonceagainwillturnthedeviceoff. Press[AllOFF]toturnalldeviceoffatonce.4.Press[Close]toexit.

3-113

3.22 Network service modeThismodeprovidesthefollowingtwoitems:

• DeleteAdministrator'spassword• InitializeAuthenticationmethod

3.22.1 Delete Administator’s passwordYoucancleartheadministator'spassword.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<4>.2.Press[DeleteManager].

3.Press[Yes].

3.22.2 Initialize Authentication MethodYoucaninitializetheauthenticationmode,andreturnittoitsfactorydefault(Stand-alone).1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<4>.2.Press[InitializeAuthenticationMethod].3.Press[Yes].

3-114

3.23 Flash Rom Sum CheckThismodeallowsyoutocheckSumaftertheFlashROMversionisupdated.

1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<9>.

2.Press[Close]toreturntostandbymode.

3.24 Set Service Report3.24.1 Set the service reportIfusingthisfeature,youshouldbeenterfollowingitems:

• Destinations–Wheretosendtheservicereport.Uptothreefaxnumbersor2e-mailadrdresses can be registered.

• Reportformat–Selectbetweensimplereportordetailedreport.• Period–Thereportcanbesendeitheronceinadeterminedmonth(s)oronceinamonthon

a determined date and time.

1. Press <Setting>, <4>, <2>.2.Press[Setting].

3.Press[SendServiceReport].

3-115

4.Select[Fax]or[E-mail],andpress[Enter].

5.Whenyouhaveselected[Fax]instep4,press[FaxNumber1]andthen[ON]. Whenyouhaveselected[E-mail]instep4,press[E-mailAddress1].

6.Confirmthedestination,andpress[Enter].

Edit the fax number or e-mail address, if necessary.

7.Ifyouwanttosendtheservicereporttootherdestinations,press[FaxNumber2],[E-mailAddress2]or[E-mailAddress3]andenterthedestinations.

8.Press[ReportFormat].9.Selectthereportformat,andpress[Enter].

10.Press[Period].11.Selecttheperiod,andpress[Enter].

3-116

12.Whenyouhaveselected[Interval]instep11,enterthesendingintervalandpress[Enter]. Whenyouhaveselected[Monthly]instep11,enterthesendingdateandtime(24-hourformat)andpress[Enter].

14.Whenyouhaveselected[Fax]instep4,press[Close]. Whenyouhaveselected[E-mail]instep4,press[E-mailSubject].

15.Enterthee-mailsubjectwhensendingtheservicereport,andpress[Enter].

16.Press[Close].

3.24.2 Print the service reportTocleartheinformationofservicereport:1. Press <Setting>, <4>, <2>.2.Press[ServiceReport].3.Select[ON]or[OFF]foreachsettings,andpress[Yes].

3.25 Printer registration adjustmentThis mode can adjust the print registration for each paper source.For more detail, see “5.3 Adjustment”.

3-117

3.26 Reset printer troubleThismodeclearstheservicecall.Clearthewarningwhenthetroubleissettled.Iffuserwarminguperrorissettled,turnthemachineOFFandONfollowingthisoperation.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<4>,<5>.2.Press[Yes].

3.TurnthepowerOFFandthenON.

3.27 Cleaning modeThis mode rotate the feed roller and registration roller automatically so that you can clean the surface of them.

1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<4>,<6>.2. Selecttherollertorotate,andpress[ON].

3. Press[Start]torotatetheroller.

3-118

3.28 Key counter modeThisfunctionisfor“ForeignDeviceInterface”option).Ifyouhaveattachedthekeycountertothemachineactivatethismodetoletitcounttheprinted-paper.

1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<5>,<0>.2. Press[ON]andthen[Close].

3.29 Network switch mode1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<5>,<1>.2. Press[ParameterEdit].

Whenyoupress[ParameterClear]andthen[Yes],alltheparametersreturntotheirdefaultvalue.

3. Call up the desired parameter by pressing [ ]or[ ] , or by pressing the numeric keypad.

3-119

4. Select the desired parameter by pressing the box.

5.Tonavigatethroughthemachineparametersettings:• The bits are ranged from 7 (left) to 0 (right).• Press[ ]or[ ]ofthecursorkeytomovethecursor.• Press <0> or <1> on the numeric keypad, or [ ]or[ ],tochangethebitvalue.• Press[Enter]tosavethesettingofthedisplayedparameterandreturntothemachinepa-


6.Ifyouwanttosetotherparameters,repeatstep3-5.Otherwise,proceedtostep7.7. Press <Reset> to return the machine to ready screen.

YoucanconfirmtheinitialsettingofeachparameterbytheNetworkSwitchList. TheNetworkSwitchListwillbeprintedbypressing[ParameterPrint].

Network switch 000: Factory use only

Network switch 001:


7 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 1 IP address flag

0 : Send Internet fax charac-ter strings

1 : Send IP address

ChoosewhichtouseasHELE/EHLOcommandparameter.

Network switch 002:


7 0 Maximum session times of SMTP

Set up the maximum session times. The number between1to32areavailable.

00011111 32 times :00001001 10 times :00000001 2 times00000000 1 time (default)

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0

3-120

Network switch 003:


7 0 Number of retry times for archivetransmission

Setuptheretrytimesforarchivetransmission.Thissettingisadoptedforthefollowingtransmissionwhenanavailabledestinationisset.•Transmissiontoasharedfolder•E-mailtransmission

11111111 255 times :00001111 15 times (default) :00000001 1 time00000000 No transmission

6 05 04 03 12 11 10 1

Network switch 004:


7 0 InternetFaxdialinginterval 11111111 255 seconds :00111100 60 seconds :00000010 2 seconds00000001 1 second00000000 3 seconds (default)

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0

Network switch 005 ~ 007: Factory use only

Network switch 008:


7654321 0 Send Host name (Option 12)

toDHCPserver0: Yes1: No

SendHostname(Option12)toDHCPserverwhenacquiringIPaddress.IfDHCPserverisconfiguredon dynamic updates, it registers the host name to theDNSserver.

0 0 Send FQDN (Option 81) to DHCPserver0: Yes1: No

SendFQDN(Option81)toDHCPserverwhenac-quiringIPaddress.IfDHCPserverisconfiguredondynamic updates, it registers the FQDN to the DNS server.


3-121

Network switch 011:


7 0 SynchronizingintervalofinternettimebetweenmachineandSNTPserver

11111111 255 minutes :00111100 60 minutes :00000010 2 minutes00000001 1 minute00000000 15 minutes (default)

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0

Network switch 012:


7 0 Maximum permissible hours of difference in machine and SNTPserver

WhenthedifferenceinmachineandSNTPserverissmallerthanthesetvalue,themachinedoesnotrefresh the time.

00011000 24 hours :00000010 2 hours00000001 1 hour00000000 Alwayssrefreshestime(default)

6 05 04 03 02 01 00 0


Network switch 017:


76543210 0 Error mail judgement

0 : Judges as error mail1 : Not judge as error mail

Setwhethertojudgeareceivede-mailwithaheader that has only <> in “Return-Path” as error mail.When it is judged as error mail, only the first page of thate-mailtextwillbeprocessed.


3-122

3.30 Touch panel adjustmentCorrect the X, Y on the touch panel.

1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<5>,<6>.2. Touch the left upper corner of the display, and press <Start>.

3. Touch the right bottom corner of the display, and press <Start>.

3.31 Printer control parameter modeThefollowingtwosettingsareavailablefortheprintcontroller:•SynchronizecassettedesignationcommandandpapersizedesignationcommandtoHP(Switch27)•Changebarcodefontwidth(Switch28)1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<5>,<7>.2.Select[ParameterEdit],andpress[Enter].

Whenyoupress[ParameterClear]andthen[Yes],alltheparametersreturntotheirdefaultvalue.

3.Callupthedesiredswitchbypressing[ ]or[ ],or by pressing the numeric keypad.4. Select the desired parameter by pressing the box.5.Adjusttheparameter,andpress[Enter]. Tonavigatethroughthemachineparametersettings:

•Thebitsarerangedfrom7(left)to0(right).•Press[ ]or[ ]ofthecursorkeytomovethecursor.•Press<0>or<1>onthenumerickeypad,or[ ]or[ ],tochangethebitvalue.•Press[Cancel]nottosavethesettingofthedisplayedparameter.

6. Ifyouwanttosetotherparameter,repeatstep3-5.Otherwise,proceedtostep7.7. Press <Reset> to return the machine to ready screen.

3-123

Printer control parameter 000 ~ 026 : Factory use only

Printer control parameter 027 :

bitInitial

SettingAdjust Usage/Comments

7 - Factory use only6 - Factory use only5 - Factory use only4 - Factory use only3 - Factory use only2 - Factory use only

1 0 Cassette designation command0: Default1: HP

Some default cassette designation commands differ from thoseofHP.(Seetablebelow.)TouseHPcommand,setthisbitto"1".

0 0 Papersizedesignationcommand0: Default1: HP

SomedefaultpapersizedesignationcommandsdifferfromthoseofHP.(Seetablebelow.)TouseHPcommand,setthisbitto"1".

CassettePCL5 PCLXLDefault HP Default HP

Auto 7 7 1 1Bypass tray 2 2 2 2Cassette 1 1 4 4 3Cassette 2 4 1 5 4Cassette 3 5 5 6 5

PapersizePCL5 PCLXLDefault HP Default HP

Letter 2 2 0 0Ledger 6 6 4 4Legal 3 3 1 1Executive 1 1 3 3A3 27 27 5 5A4 26 26 2 2A5 25 25 16 16A6 24 24 17 17F4 114 114 19 -B4(JIS) 46 46 10 10B5(JIS) 45 45 11 11B5 100 100 12 12B6(JIS) 44 44 18 18Half Letter 102 102 20 -COM10 81 81 6 6Monarch 80 80 7 7DL 90 90 9 9Postcard 71 71 14 14D. Postcard 72 72 15 15C5 91 91 8 8Custom 101 101 - -8K 115 115 21 1916K 116 116 22 20Chyou4 117 117 23 -Kaku2 118 118 24 -

-: No corresponding command

3-124

Printer control parameter 028 :

bitInitial

SettingAdjust Usage/Comments

7 0 Change barcode font width

Changebarcodefontswiderornarrowerbystep.The steps are from 7 to -7, but some fonts are limited in availablesteps.Andsomefontscannotbechanged.Fordetails,seetablebelow.

10000111Narrower :10000100 :00000000 Selected font :00000100 :00000111 Wider

6 05 04 03 02 01 0

0 0

Code 1281 Code 128 Condensed Narrow

Wide

2 Code 128 Condensed Bold3 Code 1284 Code 128 Bold5 Code 128 Expanded6 Code 128 Expanded Bold

Code 391 BC 3of9 Thin Narrow

Wide

2 BC 3of9 Light3 BC 3of94 BC 3of9 Semi5 BC3of9Heavy

Codabar1 Codabar Condensed Narrow

Wide

2 Codabar3 Codabar Expanded

I2of51 Interleaved2of5NarrowLight Narrow

Wide

2 Interleaved2of5Light3 Interleaved2of5Narrow4 Interleaved2of55 Interleaved2of5NarrowSemi6 Interleaved2of5Semi7 Interleaved2of5NarrowBold8 Interleaved2of5BoldUpc1 UPC/EAN Condensed Narrow

Wide

2 UPC/EAN3 UPC/EAN Condensed Bold4 UPC/EAN Bold5 UPC/EAN Expanded6 UPC/EAN Expanded Bold

Printercontrolparameter029~099:Factoryuseonly

3-125

3.32 Network capture (Packet capture)Youcancapturethepacketdatathemachinehassentandreceived,anddownloaditfromthewebbrowserorsentittoane-mailaddress.Whenyoureadthedatausingapacketanalyzingtoolsuch“tcpdump”,youcan use it as a subsidiary tool to detect the cause of transmission problem.Therearetwowaystocapturethepacketdata:capturingfromwebbrowserandfromthemachinecontrolpanel.

3.32.1 Capturing packet data from the web browser1. Startthewebbrowseroncomputer.2. Typethemachine’sIPaddressintheURLaddressfieldfollowedby“/service”.

e.g.http://192.168.1.10/service

3. EnterloginIDandpassword. ID : Administrator Password :12345678

4. Click[NetworkCapture].5. Enter the “Capture Parameter”. Refer to “Setting details” if needed.

6. Enter the “Output Method”. Refer to “Setting details” if needed.7. Click[Save].8. Click[CaptureStart].9. Press[FileTx]whencapturinghasfinished.

NOTEWhensendingthecapturedatahassucceeded,thecaptureddatawillbedeletedautomatically.Whenyoudonotsendthecaptureddata,press[FileDelete]todeletethem.

3-126

3.32.2 Capturing packet data from machine control panel1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<5>,<8>.2. Press[CaptureSettings].

3. Set up the detailed capture setting. Refer to “Setting details” if needed.

4. Press[TxMethod].5. Press[TransmissionMethod].

6. Selectthemethod,andpress[Enter].7. Presseither[e-mailSettings],[FolderSetting]or[FTPSettings]andenterthedestination.Referto“Setting

details” if needed8. Press[Close].9. Press[Capture].10.Press[Send]whenthecapturehasfinished.

NOTEWhensendingthecapturedatahassucceeded,thecaptureddatawillbedeletedautomatically.Whenyoudonotsendthecaptureddata,press[Delete]todeletethem.

3-127

3.32.3 Setting detailsThefollowingsettingsareavailableforcapturingpackets:

Target AllHost:Tocapturethepacketsbetweenthemachineandallhosts,selectthis.SpecificHost:Tocapturethepacketsbetweenthemachineandspecifichost,se-

lect this. Enter the host name in the “Host” field”. You can enter only IPaddresswhenyouenteritfromthemachinecontrolpanel.

Protocol Select the protocol to capture. You can select multiple protocols.

Port/Service Entertheportnumberorservicenametocapture.Ifthisfieldisempty,allportsandservicesarecaptured.Youcanenteronlyportnumberswhenyouenteritfromthemachine control panel.Port number entering sample : 21, 80, 88Servicenameenteringsample:ftp,http,kerberos

# of Packet Enter the number of packets to capture. When this field is not entered, capturing does not complete. You can enter number from 64 to 20,000.

PacketSize Enterhowmuchbitestoretrievefromonepacket.You can enter number from 1 to 1514 bites.

Free Set up optional “tcpdump” items.Howeverthefollowingparapmeterswillbeignoredevenwhentheyareentered:-w:savefile-c : number of packets-s:EachcapturesizefromonepacketThisfieldisnotavailablefromthemachinecontrolpanel.

Entereitherofthefollowingthreeoutputmethod:

Mail Enterthee-mailaddresstosendthedatabye-mail.Theaddressbookisnotavail-able.

Folder Enterthefolderpath,accountandpasswordtosendthedatatoasharedfolder.Foldershortcutsarenotavailable.

FTP EntertheFTPserverfolderpath,accountandpasswordtosendthedatatoaFTPserver.Theshortcutsarenotavailable.

3-128

3.33 Storage maintenanceThestorageontheMessageBoardisaCompactFlash(CF)memorycard.Thefollowingoperationsareavailablewiththisfunction:

Disable CF Storage : PermanentlydisablestheCFcardfrombeingreadtopreventdatafrombeingac-cessedwhentheunitisdisposed.

Resetting Storage : InitializestheCFcard.ThedataintheCFcardwillbeerasedandthecardwillbereformatted.ThisfunctioncanbeusefulwhendataontheCFcardiscorruptedand causing the machine to malfunction.

3.33.1 Erasing storage

CAUTIONWhenyouperformthisoperation,theCFmemorycardcannotberecoveredthrough“ResettingStorage”or any other operations.

1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<5>,<9>.2.Press[DisableCFStorage].

3.Press[Yes].

3-129

3.33.2 Resetting storageTo reuse the CF memory card, perform “3.41Updatethesoftware” and reinstall the program after this opera-tion.

1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<5>,<9>.2.Press[StorageReset].3.Press[Yes].

4. The machine reboots from itself.

3.33.3. How to upgrade your Message Board memoryWhenyouupgradetheCFmemorycard,thesettingsandimagedatawillnotbecopiedtothenewcardau-tomatically.Followtheproceduresdescribedbellow:

1. BackuptheimagedataintheCFmemorycardtoanetworkfolderusingthe“DocumentBackup”functionon Message Board.

For details, refer to the Message Board Guide section 3, “Backing Up Documents”.2. SetUniqueswitch082bit6to“1”.3. Export the machine settings to a USB memory using the “Mirroring” function on the control panel. For details, refer to the Administrator’s Guide section 2, “Mirroring the Machine Settings”.4. ReplacetheCFmemorycardtothenewone.5. Whenyourestartthemachine,youwillbeaskedfortheadministrator’spassword.Enterthepassword.

(See “3.33.4 About Storage replacement operation”.)6. Import the machine settings from the USB memory using the “Mirroring” function.7. ResetUniqueswitch082bit6to“0”.

YoucannotimporttheimagedatatothenewCFmemorycard.ThebackupimagedatawillbedisplayedonMessageBoardwhenthe“BackupDocumentDisplay”functionisenabled.Fordetails,refertoMessageBoard Guide section 3, “Specifying the Backup Document Display”.

3.33.4 About Storage replacement operationInthefollowingcases,thedisplayasksyoutoentertheAdministrator’spassword.Insuchcases,entertheAdministratorpasswordoftheformerdevice.

• WhenCFmemorycardusedbyanothermachineisattached.• WhenCFmemorycardisremovedandupdated.• Wheneitherthemaincontrolboardorthenetworkboardisreplaced.• Whenuniqueswitch82bit6issetto“1”andthemachinesettingdataareimported.

3-130

3.34 Coverage RateYoucansetthetonercoveragerateofpaper.Thiswillbethebasetocalculatethetonerconsumptionoftheusers.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<6>,<0>.2.Enterthecoveragerate,andpress[Enter].

3.35 Service function menuAllthefieldservicemodesareavailablefromthemenu.1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<7>,<7>.2. Selectthedesiredservicefunctiontouse.

3-131

3.36 Wire cleaning warningThismodemakestodisplaythecleaningwarningfordrumchargewireanprintheadinacertaininterval(hour=drum rotation).1. Press<Setting>,<*>,<8>,<6>.2. Press[ON].3. Inputtheintervalinhour,andpress[Enter].

3.37 Installing languageYou can install, edit or delete languages on the machine that is prepared in an USB memory.

1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<9>,<1>.2.ConnecttheUSBmemoryonwhichthelanguagedataisstored.3.Press[Add].

Toeditaninstalledlanguage,selectalanguageandpress[Edit]. Todeleteaninstalledlanguage,selectalanguageandpress[Delete],[Yes].Adefaultinstalllanguage

cannot be deleted.

4. Press the box next to “Panel”.,

5.Browsethefileandpress[Enter].6. Press the box next to “WebUl”.7.Browsethefileandpress[Enter].8.Click[Add]. Theaddedlanguagewillbedisplayedin“Language”menu(<Setting>[Management][UserInstall]).

When you select the installed language, machine prompts you to reboot the machine.

3-132

3.38 Counter information maintenanceThemachinehasthecounterdatasavedonboththeSRAM(maincontrolpanel)andCFmemorycard(net-workboard)withitsserialnumberconnected.Ifforsomereasonsthesetwoserialnumbersdonotmatch,maintenance the data manually.

NOTEThemaintenancescreenisnormallydisplayedwhenthemachineisturnedon.Followstep2.Tomainte-nance the data manually, start operation from step 1.

1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<9>,<3>.2.Checkbothcounterdataonmaincontrolboardandnetworkboard. TocopythecounterdatafromSRAM(maincontrolpanel)toCFmemorycard(networkboard),press

[MainCopy.] TocopythecounterdatafromCFmemorycard(networkboard)toSRAM(maincontrolpanel),press

[MBCopy.]

3.39 Asset NumberThismodeisusedtoinputtheassetnumber.Youcanalsoinputtheassetnumberfromthewebscreen.(Seepage 3-149.)1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<9>,<5>.2.Inputassetnumber,andpress[Enter].

3-133

3.40 Quick Initial settingsAtinstallationofthismachine,youshouldsetsomeparametersaccordingtothefollowingprocedures.Youcandothefollowingsettingwithcontinuously.1. Initial settings2. Consumable order sheet settings3. ServiceReportsettings


Seefollowingpages,howtoset-upeachmode: Initial setting : See “Scanner and Fax Guide”. Consumable order sheet : See “3.17 Consumable order sheet” on page 3-103.

3.41 Update the softwareThere are three choices to update the ROM:• UsingtheUSBmemory• UsingtheNetwork(operatingthroughcontrolpanel)• UsingtheNetwork(operatingthroughwebbrowser)(Seepage 3-147.)

There are three types of flash ROM to update:• MainROM• NetworkROM• PCLROM

Infollowingcases,softwarecannotbeupdated.Checkthemachineinadvance:• Themachineisinoperation(scanning,printing,orsendingfaxetc.)• Thememoryisinusebydelayedtransmissionorforotherreasons.

CAUTIONDonotturnthepoweroffwhileupdatingthesoftware.Doingsomaydamagethemaincontrolboard.

3.41.1 Updating the software using an USB memoryUpdatethemachinesoftwareusinganROMdatapreparedinanUSBmemory.Youcaneitherupdateitautomaticallytothelatestversion:“AutoUpdate”,ortothedesiredversionbyselectingtheROMversionmanually : “Manual Update”.

3-134

Auto Update

ToupdatetheROMautomatically,createa“Boot”foldertotherootdirectoryofUSBmemory,andsavethedatathereunderfolderswithnamesunderthefollowingrules:

KM25USA

KM25_USA_xxxxxx_update.bin

KM25USA_Ver.txt

MB750

MB750_xxxxxx.zip

FWUD.bin

MB750_Ver.txt

OP700EN

OP700_EN_xxxxxx.bin

OP700EN_Ver.txt

Boot

USB flash memory

PCL

Network

Machine

•“xxxxxx”indicatestheROMversion.Forexample:A0A0A0•Saveatextfilewiththelatestversionnameandthefirmwareunderthefolderwiththefirmwaretypename.•Thetextfileshouldhaveanamewiththefirmwaretypefollowedbycountrycode:USA,thenan“_”(under-

score) and “Ver”. An example for machine ROM text file: KM25USA_Ver.txt•Thefirmwareshouldhaveanamewiththefirmwaretypefollowedbyan“_”(underscore),thenthecountry

code:USA,an“_”(underscore),andtheROMversion.MachineROMshouldalsohavethestring“update”followingan“_”(underscore).

Anexampleformachinefirmware:KM25_USA_A0A0A0_update.bin•Followingarethefirmwaretypesandtheirnames:

Firmwaretype NameMachine ROM KM25Network(MessageBoard) MB750PCL OP700

NOTESaveonlyonefirmwareineachfolder.AutoUpdateisnotavailablewhentwoormorefirmwarearestored.

1 Turn off the machine.2ConnecttheUSBmemoryinwhichthefirmwareisstored.3 Turn the machine on to start update.4 Whenthedisplayshows“FirmwareUpdatingOK”,turnthemachineOFFandON.5 Press<MyMFP>andchecktheROMversiontoseetheupdatehassucceeded.

3-135

Manual update

UpdatingtheROMmanuallyeitherbyselectingthelatestROMversionorbyselectingthedesiredversion.TwoormoreROMdatacanbesavedonanUSBmemory.

Boot

USB flash memory

KM25USA

KM25USA


KM25USA_Ver.txt

MB750

OP700EN

OP700_EN_xxxxxx.bin

OP700EN_Ver.txt

PCL

Network

Machine

MB750_xxxxxx.zip

MB750_Ver.txt

FWUD.bin

See"Auto Update"forthesavingandnamingrulesoffoldersanddata.

1 ConnecttheUSBmemoryinwhichthefirmwareisstored.2 Press<Setting>,<*>,<9>,<8>3 Press[UpdatefromtheUSB].

3-136

4 Presseither[Updatetothelatestversion]or[Specifywithspecifiedversion].

5 SelecttheROMtypeandROMversiontoupdate,andpress[Enter]. When[Updatetothelatestversion]ispressed,selecttheROMtypetoupdate.TheselectedROMtype

willbehighlighted.

When[Specifywithspecifiedversion]ispressed,selecttheROMtypeandentertheROMversion.

6 Press[Update].7 Press[Yes]andtheupdatingstarts.8 Whenthedisplayshows“FirmwareUpdatingOK”,turnthemachineOFFandON.9 Press<MyMFP>andchecktheROMversiontoseetheupdatehassucceeded.

3-137

3.41.2 Updating the software using the networkUpdatethemachinesoftwareusinganROMdatapreparedonanetworklocation.Youcaneitherupdateitautomaticallytothelatestversion,ortothedesiredversionbyselectingtheROMversionmanually.StoretheROMdataonanetworklocationinadvance.

KM25USA


KM25USA_Ver.txt

MB750

MB750_xxxxxx.zip

MB750_Ver.txt

FWUD.bin

OP700EN

OP700_EN_xxxxxx.bin

OP700EN_Ver.txt

a network folder

PCL

Newtwork

Machine

•“xxxxxx”indicatestheROMversion.Forexample:A0A0A0•Saveatextfilewiththelatestversionnameandthefirmwareunderthefolderwiththefirmwaretypename.•Thetextfileshouldhaveanamewiththefirmwaretypefollowedbycountrycode:USA,thenan“_”(under-

score) and “Ver”. An example for machine ROM text file: KM25USA_Ver.txt•Thefirmwareshouldhaveanamewiththefirmwaretypefollowedbyan“_”(underscore),thenthecountry

code:USA,an“_”(underscore),andtheROMversion.MachineROMshouldalsohavethestring“update”followingan“_”(underscore).

Anexampleformachinefirmware:KM25_USA_A0A0A0_update.bin•Followingarethefirmwaretypesandtheirnames:

Firmwaretype NameMachine ROM KM25Network(MessageBoard) MB750PCL OP700

3-138

1 Press<Setting>,<*>,<9>,<8>2 Press[Updatefromthenetwork].

3 Press[SpecifyingServer].This step is needed only at the first time. When once the setting is registered, skip to step 5.

4 EntertheProtocol,Path,Account,Password,ProxyServer,andProxyPort,andpress[Close].

5 Presseither[Updatetothelatestversion]or[Specifywithspecifiedversion].

6 SelecttheROMtypeandROMversiontoupdate,andpress[Enter]. When[Updatetothelatestversion]ispressed,selecttheROMtypetoupdate.TheselectedROMtype

willbehighlighted.

When[Specifywithspecifiedversion]ispressed,selecttheROMtypeandentertheROMversion.

7 Press[Update].8 Press[Yes]andtheupdatingstarts.9 When updating is finished, turn the machine OFF and ON.10 Press<MyMFP>andchecktheROMversiontoseetheupdatehassucceeded.

NOTEThesettingyouenteredatstep4willonlybesavedwhenyoucontinuetheupdatingstepsuntilstep8.Whenyoucancelthesteps,thesettingwillnotbesaved.

3-139

3.41.3 About errorIfanerroroccurredduringupdating,afive-digiterrorcodewillbedisplayed.ThefirstdigitindicatestheROMtype, the rest indicates the cause of the error.

ROM type

Code ROM type1 Main3 Network4 PCL0 Could not specify

Error cause

Code Cause / Countermeasure1000 General error.1020 Start error detected.1030 Could not find the ROM file. Check the specified file.1040 USBmemoryreaderror.ChecktheUSBmemoryisworkingcorrectly.1050 Networkboardreaderror.Checkthenetworkboarisworkingcorrectly.1060

File read error. Check that the ROM file are stored correctly.107010801200 Themachineisinuse.Updatewhenthemachineandthememoryarefree.1400 Could not find the ROM file. Check the specified file.2030 Unabletoupdate.Checkthemaincontrolboardisworkingcorrectly.

Start error (1020)

Thedatailederrrorcodewillbedisplayedwhenyoupress<Setting>,<*>,<9>,<8>.Thefour-digitnumbersin the parenthesis is the detailed errors for start error.

Third digite error codeCode Cause / Countermeasure0020 Faxisinuse.(Reservedcommunicationsareexisting.)0080 Memory is in use.00A0 Fax and memory are in use.

Last digite error codeCode Cause / Countermeasure0000 No information0001 Machine is operating.0002 Machine is printing.0003 Machine is operating and printing.0004 Machine is scanning.0005 Machine is printing and scanning.0006 Machine is operating and scanning.0007 Machine is operating, printing, and scanning.0008 Machine is communicating.

3-140

0009 Machine is operating and communicating.000A Machine is printing and communicating.000B Machine is operating, printing, and communicating.000C Machine is scanning and communicating.000D Machine is operating, scanning and communicating.000E Machine is printing, scanning and communicating.000F Machine is operating, printing, scanning and communicating.

For exampleWhenthedisplayshows1020(008A),theupdatedidnotstartbecausethememoryisinuse,andthema-chinewasprintingandcommunicating.

3.41.4 The indication while updatingWhilethesoftwareisbeingupdated,youcanbecheckedthestatusthroughLEDlampsonthepanel.

Updating Status

Lighting LED Status1 <Login> Initializingstep2 <Personal> ROM data acquisition step3 <Job Confirm.> Updating step

Updating ROM type

Lighting LED ROM type4 <Copy> Main ROM5 <Scan> Network6 <Fax> PCL

Result

Lighting LED ROM type7 Information lamp Green : Update has succeeded

Red : Update failed

3-141

3.42 Network service functions Thefollowingtopicswillbecoveredinthissection:

• Startingtheservicefunctions• Downloadingimagedata• InternetFAXdetailedstatus• Dialoptionconversionsettings• FirmwareUpdatevianetwork• FirmwareUpdate• PrintDataCapture• NetworkCapture• Modifyingthesessioncontroltime• InputAssetNumber• Storagereplacementoperation

To open the network service screen,

1. Startthewebbrowseroncomputer.2. Typethemachine’sIPaddressintheURLaddressfieldfollowedby“/service”.

e.g.http://192.168.1.10/service

3. EnterloginIDandpassword. ID : Administrator Password :123456784.Nowthenetworkservicesettingsareavailable.

3-142

3.42.1 Downloading image dataYoucandownloadtheimagedatastoredonthenetworkboardusingthisfunction.Thedataisdownloadedin.zipformat.

1.Openthenetworkservicescreen.(Seepage 3-141.)2.Click[RetrieveDocuments].3.Thefolderswillbedisplayed.Clickthefolderwhichcontainsyourdesiredimagedata.

4.Followtheinstructionsonthescreenanddownloadtheimagedata.

3-143

3.42.2 Internet FAX detailed status1.Openthenetworkservicescreen.(Seepage 3-141.)2.Click[IFAXSetailedstatus].

Items InstructionsTx Minimum Wait Setthetransmissionintervalforinternetfaxwithlocationspeci-

fied by IP address.Retry Setting # of Retry : Set the number of times to retry sending the internet

faxwhenamemoryoverflowoccurredorasocketerror occurred.

Retryinterval:Settheretryintervalsendingtheinternetfaxwhenamemoryoverflowoccurredorasocketerroroc-curred.

Insert “X-CIAJWNETFAX” header

ToaddaX-CIAJWNETFAXheaderalways,setthisfunctionto“On”.This header is usually added only to IFAX that default body and messageareedited,sothattheothermachinewillnotprintthemessage.Whenthisfunctionis“On”,thebodyandmessagewillnotbeprintedonthepartner'sIFAXmachineeveniftheuserhaseditedthem. (Other companies IFAX may print them.)

X-Mailer To add X-Mailer information (mailer name), enter it here.MDN Expired Time SetthetimewhichafterthattheMDNwillbeprintedrespectively.

Theavailabletimeisfrom0to72hours.WhenMDNisdemand-edinIFAXtransmissionforseveraladdresses,MDN,whichwillbereceivedwithinthissetuptime,willbeprintedtogetherinonelist.Ifthetimeissetupto0,MDNwillbeprintedeverytimewhenitisreceived.

Tx E-Mail MIME char setting SelectwhichcodetousewhentransmittingcharactersotherthanASCII code.Select“LATIN9(ISO-8859-15)”onlywhentheuserwantstousethis code.WhenonlyASCIIcodeisused,themessageistransmittedwithUS-ASCII regardless of this setup.See the codes on the next page.

Possiblereceptionsize SpecifythemaximumdatasizeforScan-to-xx.Theavailablerangeisfrom20-40MB.Onlyevennumbersareavailable. ThetotalsizeissharedwithInternetfax:thatmeanswhenlargesizeisspecifiedforScan-to-xx,internetfaxhassmallsizeavail-able. This memory is separated from the machine image memory andisonthenetworkboard.

3-144

3-145

3-146

3.42.3 Convert dialling characters in e-mail gateway functionsThefollowingdiallingcharacterswillbeconvertedtocertaincharactersspecifiedhere: Pause (/P) Tone (/T) Flash (/F)Forexample,whenyouenter“&A”for“/P”(pause)andspecifyafaxnumberlike“123/P456”,thenumberwillbeconvertedto“123&A456”andtransmittedate-mailgatewaytransmission.

1.Openthenetworkservicescreen.(Seepage 3-141.)2.Click[DialOptionConversion].3.Enterthecharacterstowhichthemachineshouldconvertthediallingcharacter.

4.Click[Save].

NOTE• TheFlashcharacter(/F)isnotavailableforUSA.• Uptotwocharactersareabletoenterforeachdiallingcharacter.• Foravailablecharacters,seetablebelow.• Iftheboxisblank,thediallingcharacterswillbeoverriddenwhentransmittingoverthee-mailgateway.

3-147

3.42.4 Firmware Update Via NetworkToupdatethemachinevianetwork,settheitems.1. Openthenetworkservicescreen.(Seepage 3-141.)2. Click[FirmwareUpdateviaNetworkServer].3. Enter the necessary information.4. Click[Update]tostartupdate.

5. When updating is finished, the machine reboots from itself.6. ChecktheROMversiontoseetheupdatehassucceeded.TheROMversionisdisplayedat“Machine

Status” on the Message Board.

3.42.5 Firmware Update

NOTEThis updating procedure required enough free space on CF memory card. If there is no free space on CF memorycard,thiswayofupdateisunavailable.

1.Openthenetworkservicescreen.(Seepage 3-141.)2.Click[FirmwareUpdate].3.Click[Browse]tobrowsethelocationwherethefirmwarefileislocated.

eg. Machine: KM25_USA_A0A0A0_update.binNetwork:MB750_A0A0A0.zip PCL: OP700_EN_A0A0A0.bin

4.Click[Update].5. When updating is finished, the machine reboots from itself.6.ChecktheROMversiontoseetheupdatehassucceeded.TheROMversionisdisplayedat“Machine

Status” on the Message Board.

3-148

3.42.6 Print data captureUsercancaptureandstorethePCLPrintCommandsasa“.PRNFile”inCFcardonNetworkBoard.Thisfeature supports concurrent processing to print PCL print data and capture PCL commands.ThisfeatureworkswithPCLNetworkPrintviaLPR,Port9100andIPP.

1. Openthenetworkservicescreen.(Seepage 3-141.)2. Click[PrintDataCapture].3. Enter the necessary information.

4. Click[CaptureStart]tostartcapturingthedata.5. Click[CaptureStop]tostopcapturing. Capturingalsostopswhenthewindowisclosedorthemachineisturnedoff.6. Click“HTTPDownload”,followtheinstructiondisplayed,anddownloadthecapturedfile.

7. Click[FileDelete]todeletethefilefromtheCFcard.

3.42.7 Network captureFor details of this future, refer to “3.32Networkcapture(Packetcapture)”.

1. Openthenetworkservicescreen.(Seepage 3-141.)2. Click[NetworkCapture].3. Enter the necessary information. Refer to “3.32.3 Setting details” if needed.

4. Click[CaptureStart]tostartcapturingthedata.5. Click[FileTx]tosendthecapturedthedatatothespecifiedlocation.

3-149

3.42.8 Modifying the session control timeModifythesessiontimebetweenthemachineandtheMessageBoardusershere.Thefactorydefaultis30minutes.WhenthereisnocommunicationbetweenthemachineandtheMessageBoarduserduringthistime,theuserwillforciblybelogout.Thetimecanbesetbetween10to1440minutes(24hours).

1.Openthenetworkservicescreen.(Seepage 3-141.)2.Click[SessionControltime].3.Inputthedesiredvalueandclick[Save].

3.42.9 Asset NumberThis mode is used to input the asset number. You can also input the asset number from the machine control panel. (See page 3-132.)

1.Openthenetworkservicescreen.(Seepage 3-141.)2.Click[MachineSettings].3.Inputtheassetnumberandclick[Save].

3-150

3.43 Quick TWAIN Settings

3.43.1 About Quick TWAINQuickTWAINenablesyoutoscandocumentstoaPCapplicationwitheasyoperationthathaseliminatedthestepstosavethescanneddataintoaTWAINbox.Ithasachievedanoperationalfeelinglikeusingtherealtimes scan by deleting the scanned data automatically from the machine. It does not require PC applications toopentheTWAINdriverscreen.ThisoperationcanbesetonthePCapplication.Whenyouenablethissetting,readyscreenforscannerwillbeswitchedtothefollowing:

EnableQuickTWAINatUniqueSwitch99bit7.

3.43.2 Customizing Quick TWAINEditthefollowingfiletocustomizeyourQuickTWAIN:\Windows\TWAIN_32\bizhub25\mkuetwu.msf configuration file for USB cable connection\Windows\TWAIN_32\bizhub25\mkuetwn.msfconfigurationfilefornetworkconnection

Thefollowingthreepointsarecustomizable:1. WhethertoshowTWAINdriverUIornot2. Whether to disable TWAIN application operation3. Import image on application resolution4. Specify the resolution of the image to import

1)WhethertoshowTWAINdriverUIornotThisswitchspecifytheUIscreenonyourcomputer.Quick=0:OFF/AlwaysshowTWAINdriverUI. 1:ON/ShowsTWAINdriverUIaccordingtotheUIsettingoftheapplicationside.(Default)

2) Whether to disable TWAIN application operationThisswitchdisablesTWAINdriverUIregardlessoftheUIsettingoftheapplicationside.Auto=0:OFF/ShowsTWAINdriverUIaccordingto“Quick:WhethertoshowTWAINdriverUIornot.”(De-

fault) 1:ON/NevershowsTWAINdriverUI.

3) Import image on application resolutionThisswitchenablestheapplicationtocontrolthescanningresolution.Whenyousetthisswitchto“1”,theimagewillbeconvertedandimportedataresolutionspecifiedbytheapplicationsoftware.AppRes=0:OFF(Default),1:ON/Convert

4) Specify the resolution of the image to importThisistheresolutionsettingforthescanneddocument.Whenyousetthisswitchto“1”,theimagewillbeimportedattheresolutionspecifiedinadvance.This setting has a higher priority to setting “AppRes : 3) Import image on application resolution”.FixRes = 0: Resolution depends on the request from the application. (Default) 1: Specify resolution (200/300/400/600 dpi) regardless of the resolution of scanned document.

4-1

4 Troubleshooting Procedures

4.1 Troubleshooting flow chart

Check the detail of the trou-ble.

Is the user operating the ma-chine correctly?

No Does the problem still occurs withcorrectoperation?

Yes

Is theproblemsolvedby"Initialchecks"operation? See page 4-2.

Solvetheproblemaccord-ingtothefollowingmenu.

Checkout error Communica-tion error

Image failure D o c u m e n t trouble

Recording jam trouble

Machine mal-function

See page :4-3

See page :4-7

See page :4-25

See page :4-40

See page :4-42

See page :4-43

4-2

4.2 Initial checksCheck all items:

Check items RemedyMachine Isthepoweron? Turnthepoweron.

Arethecoversclosedcorrectly? Closeallcoverscorrectly.Is the recording paper set? Set the recording paper.Are the toner and drum set correctly? Set the toner and drum correctly.

Toner Is the recommended toner used? Advicecustomerstouserecommend-edtonerotherwiseimagefailuremayoccur easily.

Paper Do customers use paper conform to the spec-ification designed for use in the machine?

Advicecustomerstousesuitablepaperotherwiseimagefailureorpaperjam may occur easily.

Doesfoldedorwrinkledpapersetinthepa-per cassette?

Reloadnewpaper.

Is the paper set correctly? Refer the user's guide to set the paper correctly.Ifpapersizedialadjustmentorotheroperationsuchaspapersizeregistrationisneeded,followthein-struction.

Paper path Are the inner parts such as fuser, transfer roller,ortransferguidedirtywithpaperwasteor toner?

Cleanthepartswithpapercleaneroretc.

Areallcassettepartsworkingsmoothly? Replacethepartnotworkingsmoothly.Are foreign objects on the paper path? Removetheobjects.Arethefeedrollerswornout? Replace the roller.

Scanning area / Document

Do customers use document conform to the specification designed for use in the ma-chine?

Instruct customers to scan document ondocumentglasswhenthedocumentis not suitable for ADF. Using unsuit-able document on ADF may cause documentskew,separationproblemordocument jam easily.

Are foreign objects on scanning path? Removetheobject.Is the scanner dirty? Clean the scanner as dirty scanner

may cause image failure.Are the separator roller and separator pad wornout?

Replace the roller or the pad

Communication Isthemachineconnectedtoalinejackwithaline cable?

Reconnect it.

Arethereadvancedfaxfunctionssuchasclosed transmission or block junk fax set?

In some functions, free communication is not possible.

Printerenvironment Isthemachineconnectedtoanetworkhub(orprinter)withLANcable(orUSBcable)?

Reconnect it.

IstheprintdriverorTWAINdriverinstalledcorrectly?

Reinstallthedriverfollowingtheuser'sguide.

Ifthemachineisonnetwork,isthenetworksetting correct?

Refer to the user's guide and set up thenetworksetting.

Others Whenthemachineisturnedoninawarmplacewhilethemachineiscool(inwinter,es-pecially at machine installation), condensation occursinsidetheprinterthatcausesvariousproblem. Trouble examples: •Lowimagedensityorunevendensitydueto

recording part condensation.•Imagetroubleduetotonermoistureabsorp-

tion•Blurimageduetocondensationondrum

surface.•Paperdischargeproblemduetocondensa-

tion in paper supply path.

Wipethepartswithdrysoftcloths,orwaitfortentotwentyminutesafterpoweron.Instruct customers to open toner or drum bag after it becomes to room temperature.

4-3

4.3 Checkout error

4.3.1 Checking the error messageWhen“Checkouterror”messageisdisplayed,followthestepsbelowtochecktheservicecallnumber.

1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<6>.2.Press[ServiceCall].3.Checktheserviceerrorcodeonthedisplay.

4-4

4.3.2 Error code

Code Error Message08: RX Motor Error0B: Fan Error18: Fuser Error1E: Drum Cartridge Fuse Error47: DeveloperCartridgeFuseError50: Shift Sensor Error

08: RX Motor Error

Causes:

Themachinechecksthemotorerrorsignalinonesecondthemotorstartsdriving.Whentheerrorsig-nalisdetectedforcontinuous300ms,thismessagewillbedisplayed.

Suggestedcorrectiveaction:

1. ChecktheconnectionbetweenRXmotorandmaincontrolboard.2. VerifytheRXmotorrotateswhenthepowerison.IfOK,seestep5.3. CheckthatpowerissuppliedtotheRxmotor.Ifitdoesnot,seestep5.4. Replace the RX motor if it doesn’t rotate.5. Iftheproblemisnotsolved,replacethemaincontrolboard.

0B: Fan Error

Causes:Themachinechecksthefanerrorsignalforthreesecondsinonesecondafterthemotorstartsdriv-ing.Whentheerrorsignalisdetectedforcontinuous400ms,thismessagewillbedisplayed.Suggestedcorrectiveaction:

1.Verifytheinsidefanrotateswhenthepowerison.2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenthefanandConnectAPCB(P87),ConnectAPCB(P80C)andthe

main board.3. Replace the fan motor if it doesn’t rotate.4. Replace the Connect A PCB.5. Replace the main control board.

18: Fuser Error

Causes:(The number indicates the detailed error code)0Thefuserdidnotbecometothemainmotordrivingtemperaturein50secondsafterprintingstarted.1 The fuser did not become to the paper pick-up temperature in 50 seconds after printing started.2Thefuserdidnotbecometothemainmotordrivingtemperaturein30secondsafterwarmingup

started.3Thefuserdidnotbecometothewarm-upfinishingtemperaturein30secondsafterthemotorstart-

eddriving.4 A temperature of 250°C or higher is detected in a mode other than sleep mode.5ThefuserdoesnotwarmafterfusererrorissolvedandthepoweristurnedOFF/ON.6Alowtemperatureof10°Cisdetectedin10secondsafterprintingstarted.7 A temperature of 190°C is detected in ready mode after printing finished.Suggestedcorrectiveaction:

1.Turnonthepoweragain,andverifythefuserwarmsup.Ifitdoesnot,seestep4.2.CheckthecontactbetweenFusingthermistorandConnectAPCB(P89).3.CheckthecontactbetweenConnectAPCB(P80C)andthemainboard.4. Replace the Fuser.5.AfterreplacingtheFuser,verifythefuserwarmsupwhenthepowerison.6. Replace the main control PCB.

4-5

1E: Drum Cartridge Fuse Error

Causes:Themachinecouldnotblowthefuse.Suggestedcorrectiveaction:

1. Verify the drum cartridge is set correctly.2.CheckthepointofcontactsbetweendrumcartridgeandConnectAPCB(P86).3.CheckthecontactbetweenConnectAPCB(P80C)andthemainboard.4. Replace the drum cartridge.5. Replace the Connect A PCB.6. Replace the main control PCB.

47: Developer Cartridge Fuse Error

Causes:Themachinecouldnotblowthefuse.Suggestedcorrectiveaction:

1. Verify the toner cartridge is set correctly.2.CheckthepointofcontactsbetweentonercartridgeandConnectAPCB(P86).3.CheckthecontactbetweenConnectAPCB(P80C)andthemainboard.4. Replace the toner cartridge.5. Replace the Connect A PCB.6. Replace the main control PCB.

50: Shift Sensor Error

Causes:(The number indicates the detailed error code).0Theshiftsensordoesnotswitchonatwarm-uporafter40mshaspassedsincetheshifterhas

returned to its position.1Theshiftsensordoesnotswitchoffafter40mshaspassedsincetheshifterhasmovedtoitsshift

position.Suggestedcorrectiveaction:

1.Verifythatthesensorisworking.2.ChecktheconnectionbetweenthesensorandthemainLPHboard.

4-6

4.3.3 Network system errorsIncase“MBsytemerror”occurs,refertothetablebelowtoaddressthem.

Error code Trouble Trouble detail Detection timing Countermeasure

300 Eternal reboot is detected.

Thefirmwaredetectedanincorrectstatus, and machine rebooted to recoverthemautomatically.Whenthisstatusisdetectedtwice,thiserroroccurs.Youmaybettertheauto-recoverprocessbyupdatingthefirmware.Thedetailwillbeprintedontheservicereportwithdeveloper'scode.

The machine rebootswhilerebooting at the same timing.

1. Update the ROM using the USB memory automatically.

2. Replace the storage (HDD/CF card).

400 System data clearing error

Thiserroroccurswithfirmwareorhardwaredefect.Thiserroroccurswhenthemachinereboots from “User data clear” or “All RAM clear”, and an incorrect status is detected.

When the machine ispoweredon.



3.Replacethenetworkboard.

5XX Version mismatching error

ThiserroroccurswhenanoptionalCF memory card is attached to the networkboard,andthefirmwareversionontheCFmemorycardandnetworkboarddonotmatch.




1XXYY* System error Thiserroroccurswithfirmwareorhardwaredefect.Firmwaredefectwillberecoveredbyupdatingit,buthardwaredefectneedsits replacement.




3. Replace the main control board.

2XXYY* Setting data initializeerror

Occursmainlywhenthedatastoredon the CF memory card is corrupted.Youmayrecoveritbyupdatingthefirmware,ifthatdoesnotwork,clearthe data.

When the machine ispoweredon


2. Perform “All RAM Clear”.



*:XXandYYarefunctionreturnedvalues.

4-7

4.4 Communication tourble

4.4.1 Fax communication error

The error code are printed on T.30 monitor.

Phase Error code Detail Error code Description Journal Redial Message Note

Tx Phase A D.0.1 0001 Local busy detection. No Yes Thesendingwasstopped.Pleasetryagain.D.0.2 0002 Busy Tone detected Thelinewasbusy.Pleasetryagain.D.0.3 0003 Canceledtransmissionwhiledialing No Faxjobwascancelledbyuser. OccursatbroadcastwithTCR.D.0.7 0007 Receiverdoesnotanswer Yes Check condition of remote fax.D.0.8 0008 Can not detect dial tone No dial tone detection. Check line connection.

Tx Phase B T.1.1 1011 T1 time-out error Yes Only whenoneor more pages are received

Confirm the remote fax.

T.2.1 1021 Can not detect CFR or FTT No Confirm the remote fax.T.2.2 1022 Compatibility error Confirm the remote fax.

1100 Passwordtransmissionfailed IDcheckTxerror.IDwasnotmatched.1101 Cannotobtainpasswordatpassword

transmissionfromreceivingpartyID check Tx error. No fax number stored in remote fax.

1102 Theobtainedpasswordfromreceiveratpasswordtransmissionisblank

1103 Thereceiverisaproductofothermakerat closed communication

Close Tx error. Remote fax is not compatible.

1104 Thereceiverhasnopasscodefieldatclosed transmission

Close Tx error. No pass -code stored in remote fax.

1105 The pass code did not match at closed transmission

Close Tx error. Passcode unmatched.

1106 No document stored for polling Polling Tx error. No document for polling is stored in memory.

This error occurs at manual reception.

1107 The pass code did not match at pass code polling

Close Tx error. Passcode unmatched.

1108 Thereceiverisaproductofothermakerat pass code polling

Close polling Tx error. Remote fax is not compatible.

1109 Cannot adjust communication data rate Confirm the remote fax. Normally, this error does not occur.110A Cannot adjust the communication mode

(Normal, fine, super fine)110B Cannotreceivestandardframe Confirm the remote fax.110C DIS T4 bit did not turn ON Confirm the remote fax. Normally, this error does not

occur.110D DIS or DTC that FIF is 00 00 00 has beenreceived.DTSrequireshangup.German models only.

4-8


Tx Phase B T.2.2 110E Thereceiverhasnoboxwithmatchingsub-address

Yes No F-Code Tx Error. No F-Code information in the remote machine.

110F Thereceiverhasnoboxthatmatcheswiththesender

F-Code Tx Error. The Box does not exist in the remote machine.

1110 No document stored at polling in the designated box

F-Code Tx Error. No document for polling is stored in F-Code box.

This error occurs at manual reception.

1111 Thereceivertriedtopolldocumentinasecurity box

Check condition of remote fax.

1112 Pollingrejectedwhilereceivingdocu-ment on another line at multi line recep-tion

F-Code Polling error. Cannot access the F-Code box.

1113 Pollingrejectedwhilestoringorclearingdocuments

1114 Pollingrejectedwhileprintingdocu-ments

1115 Cannot fast remote diagnose No High-speed RDS. Cannot send a data. This error occurs at manual reception.

1116 Troublereportwassent,butthereceiverwasnotadiagnosehost

Cannot send a trouble report. Remote machine is not RDS host.

T.2.3 1023 FTT returned at 2400 bps Cannotreceivewithminimumspeed.Tx Phase C T.3.1 1031 Document feeding error

Documentlengthwasover1mLamp errorScannercoveropenerror

Yes No Scanning error. Please send again.

Tx Phase D T.4.1 1041 CannotreceiveMCF/RTN/RTP/PIP/PIN Yes Only at memory Tx


T.4.2 1042 RTNwasreceived No Theremotemachinecouldnotreceivedocument.T.5.1 1051 No response to RR No Confirm the remote fax.T.5.2 1052 No response to CTC NoT.5.3 1053 EOR output Cannotreceivewithminimumspeed.

Tx V34 start up T.8.1 1081 V8 process did not finished normally Yes No Cannot send a fax in SuperG3 mode.1800 Primary channel instruction did not

match at V8 mode1801 Primary channel instruction did not

match at V8 mode (TX FAX)1802 Primary channel instruction did not

match at V8 mode (RX FAX)1803 Cannot adjust modulation

T.8.10 108A Cannot finish line probing normally No YesT.8.11 108B Cannotfinishequalizertrainingnormally

Transmission canceled

T.1.4 1014 Operator canceled the transmission Yes No Faxjobwascancelledbyuser.

4-9


Rx Phase B R.1.1 2011 T1 time-out error No, if no page is receivedatauto recep-tion

No Confirm the remote fax. Occurs at manual reception.

R.1.2 2012 Compatibility error Yes No Confirm the remote fax.2100 Thereceiverisaproductofothermaker

at closed communicationClosed Tx Err. Remote fax is not compatible.

2101 Nopasscodereceivedatclosedcom-munication

Close Rx error. No passcode stored in remote fax.

2102 Thereceiverhasnopasscodefieldatclosed communication

Close Rx error. Passcode unmatched.

2103 Reception blocked because of junk fax blocking function

Reject.

2104 Cannotreceivesender'sIDatjunkfaxblocking function

Receptionwasrejectedbytheblockjunkfaxfunction.

2105 Sender's ID is blank at junk fax blocking function

2106 Sender has no polling document stored Polling Rx error. No document for polling is stored in re-mote fax.

2107 Cannot adjust communication data rate Confirm the remote fax. Normally, this error does not occur.2108 Cannot adjust communication code (MH,

MR, MMR)2109 Cannot adjust communication code

(Normal, fine, super fine)210A Cannot adjust ECM mode210B Cannotadjustdocumentwidth210C Cannot adjust minimum communication

time210D Cannot adjust document length210E Cannotreceivestandardframe Confirm the remote fax.210F Out-of -paper reception buffer error Out of paper reception is full.2110 CannotreceiveerrorreportatF-code

relayreceptionbecausewrongTSIThe F-Code RelayReception cannot be performed if fax number is not stored.

2111 Cannotreceivedocumentbecausesender has not polling ability

F-CodePollingerror.RemotemachinedoesnothaveF-Code polling function.

2112 CannotreceiveF-codedocumentbe-causeofwrongsubaddress


2113 Thereceiverhasnoboxthatmatcheswiththesender

F-Code Tx Err. The box does not exist in the machine.

2114 Documentwassenttoareceptionpro-tected box

F-Code Rx Err. The F-Code is set as the ban on reception.

2115 Receptionrejectedwhilereceivingdocument to that box on another line at multi line reception

F-Code Rx Err. Cannot access the F-Code box.

4-10


Rx Phase B R.1.2 2116 The F-code box stores document to its maximum capacity

Yes No F-Code Rx Err. The F-Code box is full.

2117 Receptionrejectedwhilestoringorclearing documents

F-Code Rx Err. Cannot access the F-Code box

2118 Receptionrejectedwhileprintingdocu-ments

2119 Cannotdeletedocumentforoverwriteatoverwritemode

Machine error. Normally, this error does not occur.

211A Cannot update Flash ROM through com-munication

Receptionwasstopped.

211B Cannot fast remote diagnose NoHigh-speedRDS.Cannotreceivedata.R.2.3 2023 NoanswertoFTT Confirm the remote fax.

Rx Phase C R.3.1 2031 NoanswertoCFRDCNreceived

Yes No Confirm the remote fax.

R.3.3 2033 Hang up

Continuous error line detected

Receptionwasstopped.

R.3.4 2034 DCNreceivedtoTT Cannotreceivewithminimumspeed.R.3.6 2036 FRTN output Somepagesarenotreceivedcorrectly.R.4.4 2044 Memoryoverflow Memoryover.R.4.1 2041 Toolongdocumentreceived Receiveddoc.isnotabletoreceive. Documentover3m

Rx Phase D R.4.2 2042 CannotreceiveMPS/EOM/EOP Yes No Confirm the remote fax.R.5.1 2051 CannotreceiveRR

DNCreceivedR.5.2 2052 ErroroccurredwhileECM data mode

Rx V34 start up R.8.1 2081 V8 process did not finished normally Yes No Cannot send a fax in SuperG3 mode.2800 Primary channel instruction did not

match at V8 mode2801 Primary channel instruction did not

match at V8 mode (TX FAX)2802 Primary channel instruction did not

match at V8 mode (RX FAX)2803 Cannot adjust modulation

R.8.10 208A Cannot finish line probing normally No Yes at poll-ing recep-tion

R.8.11 208B Cannotfinishequalizertrainingnormally Yes at poll-ing recep-tion

4-11

4.4.2 Network communication error

Scan to E-mail / Internet FAX transmission results

Error code Display Message Description Countermeasure1000 Transmission

completeOK Transmission completed. —

995 Transmission error

Not able to transmit.Mailserverisnotfound.

DNSservernameresolutionfailed. Check the DNS setting.

988 Not able to transmit.Please confirm setting.

Authentication method in SMTP is dif-ferent.

Check the SMTP/POP setting is correct.

987 User authentication failed.990 MAIL command in SMTP failed.997 Main setting is not correct.989 Not able to transmit.

Please confirm e-mail address.RCPT command in SMTP failed. Check the e-mail address set as destination is correct.

993 Not able to transmit.Please transmit a message once again.

Socket error. Try transmission again.Checkthenetworkconnections.992 Response time out error.

991 SMTP command failed.999 Memory error.996 Transmission job parameter error.986 File generating error.984 Codeconvertererror.985 File not existing.980 Unknownerror.994 Notareplyfrome-mailserver. Connection error.1002 Transmission

canceledNot able to transmit.Stopped.

Stop error. —

4-12

Internet FAX reception result

Error code Descrpition Countermeasure1 — —2 TheMFPisnotcompatiblewiththe

e-mail attached image.Ask the sender to send an internet fax in a compatible file format.

3 TheMFPrefusedtoforwardthere-ceivede-mail.

•Torespondtotheforwardrequest,set“ResponsetoFaxForwardingRequest”inE-mailSettings>OptionalE-mail Settings.

•Check“E-mailaddressordomainnamethatwillacceptforwardedtransmission”at“ResponsetoFaxForward-ing Request” in E-mail Settings > Optional E-mail Settings.

4 CannotaccesstoPOP3server. CheckthatPOP3ServerAddress,POP3PortNumber,SSL,andPOP3SPortNumberissetcorrectlyinE-mailSettings > SMTP/POP Settings.

5 NoresponsefromPOP3server. ChecktheDNSserveraddressinTCP/IPsetting.CheckthefollowingitemsaresetcorrectinE-mailSettings>SMTP/POPSettings:POP3serveraddress,POP3 port number, SSL usage, and POP 3 S port number.

6 POP3serverauthenticationfailed. CheckthefollowingitemsaresetcorrectinE-mailSettings>SMTP/POPSettings:Authenticationmethod,POP3username,andPOP3userpassword.

Result of the reception error

Code Display and history Check message Description1 (No message) — Themailwasreceived,andprocessedsuccessfully.2 Faxforwarding FAXforwarded.3 Print Printed (MDN or DSN).4 Error E-mail (MDN) An error occurred, and replied to the MDN.5 ErrorE-mail(Forwarding) Anerroroccurred,ande-mailisforwarded.6 Error E-mail (Reply) An error occurred, and an e-mail is replied7 Error E-mail (Notice) An error occurred, and an notification is sent.8 ErrorE-mail(Sizeover) Anerroroccurred,andoversizenotificationissent.9 Erase Thee-mailwasdeleted.

4-13

Scan to folder, Scan to Printer transmission result

Error Code Description Check message Detail Countermeasure Internal er-ror Description

10000 Transmission completed successfully

OK タ Success Success

9999 System error System error occurred. Error occurred of tempo-rary system shortage.

Waitforawhile,andtrytosend again.

SMB error9000 Internal er-

ror9994 Domainwasnotfound. •Domainwasnotfound.

(This error does not ap-pear on check message and communication his-tory)

•Computerwasnotfound. (This error does not ap-pear on check message and communication his-tory)

•Thiserroroccurreswhena same host name is on thenetwork.

•Thiserroroccurreswhenasameworkgroupnameisonthenetwork.

Check that host name on the network.

This error does not occur at scan to folder.Itoccursatbrowsingafileusing touch panel or WEB browser.

9993 Computerwasnotfound Check that host name on the network.

9989 Sizeofafiletoacquireexceededsizeatthemaximum.

Sizeofafiletoacquireexceededsizeatthemaxi-mum.

Theattachedfilesizeex-ceeds the limitation.

Checkthefilesizeoftheat-tached file.

3 Connection error Not able to be connect. •Thiserroroccurswhenasameworkgroupnameisonthenetwork.

•Name resolution failed

•Checkthathostnameonthenetwork.

•CheckDNSserverad-dress, DNS suffix, and WINSserveraddressaresetcorrectat"TCP/IPset-tings".

•Check that the destination computer name is regis-teredonDNSserver.

•Check that the destination computer registers WINS setting correctly.

Parameter error

Invalidparameter

18 Error retrievingdata

Dataretrievalerror

19 Invalidopen mode

Invalidopenmode

20 Serverdoesn't support MAC sign-ing

ServerdoesnotsupportMAC signing

21 MAC sig-nature in incoming packetwasbroken

MAC signature in incoming packetwasbroken

4-14








database object al-ready exists and cannot be created

Database object already ex-ists and cannot be created

23 mount failed for a reason other then authentication

CIFS Client mount failed to connecttoremoteserver

24 unable to dis-pose resourc-es

unable to dispose resources

25 invalidhandlepassed

invalidhandlepassed

26 SPNEGO negotiation did not find a match

SPNEGO negotiation did not find a match

27 path should be resolvedoverDFS

pathshouldberesolvedoverDFS

28 DFS cache overflow

DFScacheoverflow

1001 SMB_ ERRbadfunc

Invalidfunction.Theserverdidnotrecognizeorcouldnot perform a system call generatedbytheserver,e.g.set the DIRECTORY attri-buteonadatafile,invalidseek mode.

1007 SMB_ ERRbadmcb

Memory control blocks de-stroyed

1008 SMB_ ERRnomem

Insufficientservermemorytoperform the requested func-tion

1009 SMB_ ERRbadmem

Invalidmemoryblockad-dress

4-15








SMB_ ERRbadenv

Invalidenvironment

1011 SMB_ RRbadformat

Invalidformat

1003 SMB_ ERRbadpath

Directoryinvalid.Adirectorycomponent in a pathname could not be found.

1013 SMB_ ERRbaddata

Invaliddata(generatedonlybyIOCTLcallswithintheserver)

1015 SMB_ ERRbaddrive

Invaliddrivespecified

1016 SMB_ ERRremcd

A Delete Directory request attemptedremovetheserv-er's current directory

1017 SMB_ ERRdiffdevice

Notthesamedevice(e.g.acrossvolumerenamewasattempted)

1032 SMB_ ERRbadshare

The sharing mode specified forOpenconflictswithexist-ing FIDs on the file.

1033 SMB_ERRlock A Lock request conflicted withanexistinglockorspeci-fiedaninvalidmode,oranUnlock requested attempted toremovealockheldbyanother process.

1066 SMB_ ERRdontsup-portipc

Thespecifieddevicetypeconflictswiththeactualdevicetypeontheremoteresource.

1080 SMB_ ERRfilexists

The file named in the request already exists.

1087 SMB_ ERRbaddirec-tory

Invaliddirectorynameinapath.

4-16








SMB_ ERRinsuffi-cientbuffer

"Thebufferistoosmalltocontain the entry. No information has been writtentothebuffer."

1123 SMB_ ERRinvalid-name

Invalidname.

1183 SMB_ ERRal-readyexists

Object already exists. Re-turned on attempt to create fileordirectorywhichalreadyexistsontheserver.

1230 SMB_ ERRbadpipe

Pipeinvalid

1231 SMB_ ERRpipebusy

All instances of the request-ed pipe are busy.

1232 SMB_ ERRpipeclos-ing

Pipe close in progress.

1233 SMB_ ERRnotcon-nected

No process on other end of pipe.

1234 SMB_ ERRmoredata

There is more date to be returned.

2001 SMB_ ERRerror

Non-specific error code, returnedunderthefollowingconditions: resource other than disk space exhausted (e.g. TIDs), first SMB com-mandwasnotnegotiate,multiple negotiates attempted, andinternalservererror.

4-17


1002 Filereadandwriteerror Not come by the file read-ingandwriting.

Cannotsendafilewhenthe destination shared folderisread/writepro-tected.

Check that the destination shared folder is not read/writeprotected.

SMB_ ERRbadfile

File not found. The last com-ponent of file's pathname could not be found.

1004 SMB_ ERRnofids

Too many open files. The serverhasfilehandlesavail-able.

1006 SMB_ ERRbadfid

Invalidfilehandle.Thefilehandlespecifiedwasnotrecognizedbytheserver.

2250 SMB_ ERRusempx

Temporarily unable to sup-portRaw,useMPXmode

2251 SMB_ ERRusestd

Temporarily unable to sup-portRaw,usestandardread/write

2252 SMB_ ERRcontmpx

Continue in MPX mode

2999 SMB_ ERRnosupport

Function not supported

3019 SMB_ ERRnowrite

Attempttowriteonwrite-protected media

3020 SMB_ ERRbadunit

Unknownunit

3021 SMB_ ERRnotready

Drivenotready

3022 SMB_ ERRbadcmd

Unknowncommand

3023 SMB_ ERRdata

Data error (CRC)

3024 SMB_ ERRbadreq

Bad request structure length

3025 SMB_ ERRseek

Seek error

3026 SMB_ ERRbadmedia

Unknownmediatype

4-18



Cannotsendafilewhenthe destination shared folderisread/writepro-tected.

Check that the destination shared folder is not read/writeprotected.

SMB_ ERRbadsector

Sector not found

3028 SMB_ ERRnopaper

Printer out of paper

3029 SMB_ ERRwrite

Write fault

3030 SMB_ ERRread

Read fault

3031 SMB_ ERRgeneral

General failure

3034 SMB_ ERRwrongdisk

Thewrongdiskwasfoundinadrive

3035 SMB_ ERRFCBU-navail

NoFCBsareavailabletoprocess request

3036 SMB_ ERRshare-bufexc

A sharing buffer has been exceeded

3039 SMB_ ERRdiskfull

The disk is full

4000 Error request-ingfilesize

Error requesting file attri-butes

1005 Login error Not able to log in. Cannotloginwiththeentered user name and password.

•Checkthattheenteredusernameandpasswordare correct.

•Checkthattheenteredusernameandpasswordhaveauthoritytowrite.

SMB_ ERRnoacces

Access denied, the client's context does not permit the requested function. This includesthefollowingcondi-tions:invalidrenamecom-mand,writetoFidopenforread only, read on Fid open forwriteonly,attempttode-lete a non-empty directory.

1012 SMB_ ERRbadac-cess

Invalidopenmode

4-19





SMB_ ERRbadpw

Invalidpassword-name/passwordpairinaTreeConnect or Session Setup is invalid.

2004 SMB_ ERRaccess

Theclientdoesnothavethe necessary access rights withinthespecifiedcontextfor the requested function.

2005 SMB_ ERRinvtid

The TID specified in a com-mandwasinvalid.

2006 SMB_ ERRinvnet-name

Invalidnetworknameintreeconnect

2007 SMB_ ERRinvde-vice

Invaliddevice-printerre-quest made to non-printer connection or non-printer request made to printer con-nection.

2049 SMB_ ERRqfull

Print queue full (files) -- re-turned by open print file

2050 SMB_ ERRqtoobig

Print queue full -- no space

2051 SMB_ ERRqeof

EOF on print queue dump

2052 SMB_ ERRinvfid

InvalidprintfileFID

2064 SMB_ ERRsmbcmd

Theserverdidnotrecognizethecommandreceived.

2065 SMB_ ERRsrverror

Theserverencounteredaninternal error, e.g. system file unavailable.

2067 SMB_ ERRfile-specs

The FID and pathname pa-rameterscontainedaninvalidcombinationofvalues.

2069 SMB_ ERRbadper-mits

The access permissions specified for a file or directory arenotavalidcombination.Theservercannotsettherequested attribute.

4-20





SMB_ ERRsetat-trmode

The attribute mode in the Set File Attribute request is invalid.

2081 SMB_ ERRpaused

Serverpaused(reservedformessaging)

2082 SMB_ ERRmsgoff

Notreceivingmessages(reservedformessaging)

2083 SMB_ ERRnoroom

No room to buffer message (reservedformessaging)

2087 SMB_ ERRrmuns

Too many remote user names(reservedformes-saging)

2088 SMB_ ERRtimeout

Operation timed out

2089 SMB_ ERRnor-esource

Noresourcescurrentlyavail-able for request

2090 SMB_ERR toomany-uids

ToomanyUIDsactiveonthis session

2091 SMB_ ERRinvuid

TheUIDisnotknownasavaliduseridentifieronthissession.

1018 Cannot finde the file in the shared folder

Not a file to a shared folder.

Cannot find the specified file in the specified folder.

Check that the file is in the folder.

SMB_ ERRnofiles

A File Search command can find no more files matching the specified criteria.

1067 Cannot finde the shared folder

Not a shared folder. Cannot find the specified folder.

Check that the folder is set as a shared folder.

SMB_ ERRnos-hare

The specified share name cannot be found on the re-moteserver.

5000 DocIndex format error XML format error Aninvalidcharacterisentered in the “Metadata Name” field.

Check the “Metadata Name” field and reenter it.

— When the “Output File For-mat” is set to “XML Type A”, theavailablecharactersarelimited.•Aspacecannotbeentered.•“*”oranumbercannotbe

entered as the first charac-ter.

4-21

ScantoFTPservertransmissionresult


10000 Transmission completed successfully

OK Success

9999 System error System error occurred. An error occurred because therewasatemporarysystem memory shortage.

Retry later. FTP error9000 Internal er-

ror

2 Connection error Not able to be connected Name resolution failed •CheckDNSserveraddressissetcorrectat"TCP/IPset-tings".

•CheckthatthedestinationFTPservernameisregis-teredonDNSserver.

CURLE_ FAILED_INIT

Veryearlyinitializationcodefailed. This is likely to be an internal error or problem. -> unsupported parameter to CURLOPT_FTPSSLAUTH

3 CURLE_ URL_ MALFORMAT

TheURLwasnotproperlyformatted. ->No filename specified for FTP upload/bad FTP String

5 CURLE_ COULDNT_ RESOLVE_ PROXY

Couldn'tresolveproxy.Thegivenproxyhostcouldnotberesolved.

6 CURLE_ COULDNT_ RESOLVE_ HOST

Couldn'tresolvehost.Thegivenremotehostwasnotresolved.

7 CURLE_ COULDNT_ CONNECT

Failed to connect to host or proxy.

8 CURLE_ FTP_WEIRD_ SERVER_ REPLY

After connecting to an FTP server,libcurlexpectstogeta certain reply back. This error code implies that it got a strange or bad reply. The givenremoteserverisprob-ablynotanOKFTPserver.

9 CURLE_ FTP_ACCESS_ DENIED

aservicewasdeniedbytheFTPserverduetolackofac-cess-whenloginfailsthisisnot returned.

4-22




CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_PASS_REPLY

AfterhavingsenttheFTPpasswordtotheserver,lib-curl expects a proper reply. This error code indicates that anunexpectedcodewasreturned.

13 CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_PASV_REPLY

libcurl failed to get a sensible resultbackfromtheserveras a response to either a PASV or a EPSV command. Theserverisflawed.

14 CURLE_FTP_WEIRD_227_FORMAT

FTPserversreturna227-line as a response to a PASV command. If libcurl fails to parse that line, this return code is passed back.

15 CURLE_FTP_ CANT_GET_ HOST

An internal failure to lookup thehostusedforthenewconnection.

28 CURLE_ OPERATION_ TIMEOUTED

Thetimeouttimewasreached.

30 CURLE_FTP_ PORT_FAILED

FTP PORT operation failed. The FTP PORT command returned error. This mostly happenwhenyouhaven'tspecified a good enough ad-dress for libcurl to use.

31 CURLE_FTP_ COULDNT_ USE_REST

The REST command failed. Thisshouldneverhappeniftheserverissane.

36 CURLE_BAD_ DOWNLOAD_ RESUME

Couldn'tresumedownload

42 CURLE_ ABORTED_BY_ CALLBACK

Aborted by callback. A call-backreturned"abort"tolibcurl.

55 CURLE_SEND_ ERROR

failedsendingnetworkdata

4-23




CURLE_RECV_ER-ROR

Failureinreceivingnetworkdata

63 CURLE_ FILESIZE_ EXCEEDED

Maximumfilesizeexceeded


CannotsendafilewhenthedestinationFTPserveriswriteprotected.

Check that the destination FTPserverisnotwritepro-tected.

CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_SET_BINARY

Couldn't set desired mode

18 CURLE_ PARTIAL_ FILE

Afiletransferwasshorterorlarger than expected. This happenswhentheserverfirst reports an expected transfersize,andthendeliversdatathatdoesn'tmatchthepreviouslygivensize.(result!=226Trans-fercomplete,result!=250Requested file action okay, completed.)

19 CURLE_FTP_COULDNT_RETR_FILE

Thiswaseitheraweirdreplyto a 'RETR' command or a zerobytetransfercomplete.

21 CURLE_FTP_ QUOTE_ ER-ROR

When sending custom "QUOTE"commandstotheremoteserver,oneofthecommands returned an error codethatwas400orhigher(forFTP)orotherwiseindi-cated unsuccessful comple-tion of the command.

23 CURLE_ WRITE_ ERROR

Anerroroccurredwhenwrit-ingreceiveddatatoalocalfile,oranerrorwasreturnedtolibcurlfromawritecall-back.

4-24



CannotsendafilewhenthedestinationFTPserveriswriteprotected.

Check that the destination FTPserverisnotwritepro-tected.

CURLE_ UPLOAD_ FAILED

Failed starting the upload. ForFTP,theservertypicallydenied the STOR command. The error buffer usually con-tainstheserver'sexplanationtothis.(ThiserrorcodewasformerlyknownasCURLE_FTP_COULDNT_STOR_FILE.)

25 CURLE_FTP_ COULDNT_STOR_FILE

same as CURLE_UPLOAD_FAILED

26 CURLE_READ_ ER-ROR

Could open/read from file

27 CURLE_OUT_ OF_MEMORY

A memory allocation request failed. This is serious bad-nessandthingsareseverelyscrewedupifthiseveroccur.


Check that the entered user nameandpasswordarecor-rect.

CURLE_ LOGIN_ DENIED

User:passwordorsimilarwasnotacceptedandwefailed to login

4-25

4.5 Image quality problems

Gothroughthefollowingstepstosolvetheproblem:1. Checkthemachineparametersforimagequalityadjustmentsandseeiftheproblemssolves.2. Adjustthebackgroundlevelandseeiftheproblemsolves.(Press<Setting>,<*>,<0>,<9>andselect

[Backgroundlevel],andpress<Start>.)Cleanthedocumentglassanddocumentpadinadvance.3. Determine if the failure is attributable to the input system (scanner section) or the output system (printer

section):

1. Makecopyfullsizecopyofadocument

(Original) (Copy)

2. Make a reduction copy of the document.

(Original) (Copy) - Input system cause : scanner

(Original) (Copy) - Output system cause: printer

4-26

4.5.1 Typical fault images

1. Blank image 2. Black iamge 3.Lowimagedensity/roughimage

ABCDEABCDEABCDEABCDEABCDE

4. Dark image density 5. Blank lines/ Blank spots 6. Void areas



7. Black lines 8. Black spots 9. Smear on back



AABCDEABCDEABCDEABCDE

10. Gradation reproduction failure 11.Periodicallyunevenimage 12.Unevenimagedensity

4-27

4.5.2 Blank image

Scanner section

Section Step Check items Result RemedyScanner section)

1 Isthescannerdrivetransmissionmechanism in good condition?

NO Check and change as necessary.

2 Do the connection from CCD Scanner board Main control board LPH board LPH connect board LED unit remain intact?

NO Reconnect / Replace harness.

3 Are the mirrors and lens dirty? YES Clean or replace the parts, and adjustthebackgroundlevel.

4 Isthetroublesettledwithabovesteps?

NO 1. Replace scanner board.2. Replace main control board.3. Replace LPH board.4. Replace LPH connect board.5. Replace LPH.

Printer section

Section Step Check items Result RemedyToner cartridge 1 Isthetonercartridgedrivenproperly? NO Correct/Replacedrive

coupling mechanism of toner cartridge and machine.Replace the toner cartridge.

2 Isthedevelopingbiasorsupplybiascontact terminal dirty or deformed?

YES Clean. / Replace.

Drum cartridge 3 Isthegridbias,wireelectrodecontactterminal, or drum ground contact terminal dirty or deformed?


Circuit boards 4 Are the connections from LPH to high-voltageboard,andfromhigh-voltageboardtomaincontrolboardin good condition?(Check plugs firmly plugged and snapped harness)

NO Reconnect. / Replace harness.

Transfer section 5 Is the transfer bias contact terminal dirty or deformed?



NO 1. Replace toner cartridge.2. Replace drum cartridge.3. Replace LPH.4. Replace LPH connect board.5. Replace LPH board.6. Replace main control board.7.Replacehigh-voltagepower

board.8. Replace transfer roller unit.

4-28

4.5.3 Black image

Scanner section

Section Step Check item Result RemedyScanner section 1 DoestheLEDlampturnONwhen

makingcopywithopenplatencover?YES Checkstep5andonward.NO Reconnect / Replace harness.

2 Did24VoutputbetweenP2pin1and4onScannerboard,whenperformingthe operation of step 1?

NO Replace main control board.

3 Did24VoutputbetweenP4pin16and18onScannerboard,whenper-forming the operation of step 1?

NO Replace scanner board.

4 Did 24V turn ON and OFF at P3 pin 2 onCCDboard,whenperformingtheoperation of step 1?

YES Replace LED lamp board.

NO Replace scanner unit.

5 Are the mirrors and lens installed properly?

NO Install them properly.



NO 1. Replace main control board.2. Replace LPH board.3. Replace LPH connect board.4. Replace LPH.

Printer sectionSection Step Check item Result RemedyDrum cartridge 1 Isthegridbias,wireelectrodecontact

terminal, or drum ground contact terminal dirty or deformed?





NO 1. Replace drum cartridge.2. Replace LPH.3. Replace LPH connect board.4. Replace LPH board.5. Replace main control board.6.Replacehigh-voltagepower

board.

4-29

4.5.4 Low image density / rough image

Scanner sectionSection Step Check item Result RemedyScanner section 1 Isthescannerdrivetransmission

mechanism in good condition?NO Check and change as

necessary.2 Are the document glass, back plate

and ADF glass dirty?YES Clean the parts, and adjust the

backgroundlevel.3 Are the mirrors and lens dirty? YES Clean or replace the parts, and

adjustthebackgroundlevel.4 Istheplatencoverfloatingbycopying

athickvolume?YES Copywithopenedplatencover.


NO Reconnect / Replace harness



Printer section

Section Step Check item Result RemedyLPH 1 Is the lens dirty? YES Clean.

Toner cartridge 2 Isthedevelopingbiasorsupplybiascontact terminal dirty or deformed?


Drum cartridge 3 Isthegridbias,wireelectrodecontactterminal, or drum ground contact terminal dirty or deformed?


Transfer section 4 Is the transfer bias contact terminal dirty or deformed?


5 Is the transfer roller gap dirty? YES Clean. / Replace.Circuit boards 6 Are the connections from LPH to

high-voltageboard,andfromhigh-voltageboardtomaincontrolboardin good condition?(Check plugs firmly plugged and snapped harness)

NO Reconnect. / Replace the harness.

Toner sensor error

7 Isthetonersensorworking?(Use “Sensor input test mode” and checkthatthesensorisworking.)

NO Reconnect. / Replace sensor.




4-30

4.5.5 Dark image density

Scanner sectionSection Step Check item Result RemedyScanner 1 Are the ADF glass and document

glass dirty?YES Clean the parts, and adjust the

backgroundlevel.2 Istheplatencoverfloatingbycopying

athickvolume?YES Copywithopenedplatencover.


4 Is the LED lamp dirty or deteriorated? YES Clean. / Replace.5 Is the connection from LED lamp to

CCD board in good condition?NO Reconnect. / Replace harness.

6 Is the connection from CCD board to scanner board in good condition?


7 Is the connection from scanner board to main control board in good condition?


8 Is the connection from main control boardtohigh-voltagepowerboardingood condition?


Printer section

Section Step Check item Result RemedyToner cartridge 1 Isthedevelopingorbiassupplybias

contact terminal dirty or deformed?YES Clean. / Replace.

Drum cartridge 2 Isthechargewiredirty? YES Clean.3 Isthegridbias,wireelectrodecontact






YES 1. Replace toner cartridge.2. Replace drum cartridge.3. Replace LPH.4. Replace LPH connect board.5. Replace LPH board.6. Replace main control board.7.Replacehigh-voltagepower

board.

4-31

4.5.6 Blank lines

Scanner section

Section Step Check item Result RemedyScanner section 1 Are the mirrors, lens, ADF glass and

document glass dirty?YES Clean.

If the trouble is not settled by cleaning, adjust the background level.





Printer section

Section Step Check item Result RemedyLED unit 1 Is the LED dirty? YES Clean.Toner cartridge 2 Is the toner layeron thedeveloping

roller normal?NO Replace.

Fusing unit 3 Is the fusing roller or separation scraper dirty or damaged?


Drum cartridge 4 Is the separation sheet dirty or damaged?




Transfer section 6 Is the transfer roller dented or damaged?

YES Replace.

Discharge plate 7 Is the discharge plate deformed? YES Replace.8 Isthetroublesettledwithabove

steps?NO 1. Replace drum cartridge.

2. Replace the fusing unit.3. Replace LPH.4. Replace LPH connect board.5. Replace LPH board.6. Replace main control board.7.Replacehigh-voltagepower

board.

4-32

4.5.7 Void areas

Scanner section



If the trouble is not settled by cleaning, adjust the backgroundlevel.





Printer section

Section Step Check item Result RemedyLED unit 1 Is the LED dirty? YES Clean.Toner cartridge 2 Is the toner layeron thedeveloping

roller normal?NO Replace.

Fusing unit 3 Is the fusing roller dirty or damaged? YES Clean. / Replace.Drum cartridge 4 Is the drum cartridge dirty or

damaged?YES Clean. / Replace.




YES Replace.

8 Is the transfer roller gap dirty? YES Clean. / Replace.Discharge plate 9 Is the discharge plate deformed? YES Replace.


NO 1. Replace drum cartridge.2. Replace fusing unit.3. Replace LPH.4. Replace LPH connect board.5. Replace LPH board.6. Replace main control board.7.Replacehigh-voltagepower

board.

4-33

4.5.8 Black lines

Scanner section








Printer section

Section Step Check item Result RemedyPaper path 1 Ispaperpathdirtywithtoner? YES Clean.Drum cartridge 2 Isthechargewiredirty? YES Clean.

3 Is the drum dirty or damaged? YES Replace.Fusing unit 4 Is the fusing roller or separation

scraper dirty or damaged?YES Clean. / Replace.

Toner cartridge 5 Isthedevelopingrollerdirtyordamaged?

YES Replace.




NO 1. Replace drum cartridge.2. Replace fusing unit.3. Replace toner cartridge.4. Replace LPH.5. Replace LPH connect board.6. Replace LPH board.7. Replace main control board.8.Replacehigh-voltagepower

board.

4-34

4.5.9 Black spots

Scanner section








Printer section

Section Step Check item Result RemedyPaper path 1 Ispaperpathdirtywithtoner? YES Clean.Drum cartridge 2 Is there any cleaning trouble? YES Replace.

3 Is the drum dirty or damaged? YES Replace.Fusing unit 4 Is the fusing roller or separation


Toner cartridge 5 Isthedevelopingrollerdirtyordam-aged?

YES Replace.




NO 1. Replace drum cartridge.2. Replace fusing unit.3. Replace toner cartridge.4. Replace LPH.5. Replace LPH connect board.6. Replace LPH board.7. Replace main control board.8.Replacehigh-voltagepower

board.

4-35

4.5.10 Smear on back

Printer section

Section Step Check item Result RemedyPaper path 1 Ispaperpathdirtywithtoner? YES Clean.Fusing unit 2 Is the fusing roller or separation



YES Replace.




NO 1. Replace fusing unit.2.Replacehigh-voltagepower

board.3. Replace main control board.

4-36

4.5.11 Gradation reproduction failure

Scanner section

Section Step Check item Result RemedyScanner section 1 Is the shading sheet under the

contactcoverdirty?YES Clean.


2 Are the document glass, back plate, and ADF glass dirty?

YES Clean.If the trouble is not settled by cleaning, adjust the backgroundlevel.





Printer section

Section Step Check item Result RemedyToner cartridge 1 Isthedevelopingbiasorsupplybias

contact terminal dirty or deformed?YES Clean. / Replace.

Drum cartridge 2 Isthechargewiredirty? YES Clean.3 Isthegridbias,wireelectrodecontact







board.

4-37

4.5.12 Periodically uneven image

Scanner sectionSection Step Check item Result RemedyScanner section 1 IstheFBSmotordrivegearcracked

ordirtywithforeignobject?YES Clean. / Replace.

2 Is the scanner motor secured properly?

NO Secure properly.

3 Is the carriage adjusting part secured properly?

NO Secure properly.

4 Is the carriage secured properly to the belt?

NO Secure properly.

5 Are the FBS belt attached loosely? YES Adjust the belt tension.6 Are the scanner rails damaged or

dirtywithforeignobject?YES Clean. / Replace.





Printer section

Section Step Check item Result RemedyToner cartridge 1 Isthetonercartridgedrivenproperly? NO Correct./Replacedrive

coupling mechanism of toner cartridge and machine. Replace toner cartridge.

Drum cartridge 2 Are the drum and transfer roller drivenproperly?

NO Correct./Replacedrivecoupling mechanism of drum cartridge and machine.Replacedrivecouplingmechanism of transfer roller and machine.

Paper path 3 Istheresistrollerdrivenproperly? NO Correct./Replacedrivecoupling mechanism.

Fusing unit 4 Isthefusingunitdrivenproperly? NO Correct./Replacedrivecoupling mechanism.


NO 1. Replace drum cartridge.2. Replace fusing unit.3. Replace transfer roller unit.

4-38

4.5.13 Uneven image density

Scanner section




2 Is the shading sheet under the contactcoverdirty?

YES Clean.If the trouble is not settled by cleaning, adjust the backgroundlevel.

3 Is the LED lamp dirty or deteriorated? YES Clean. / Replace.4 Do the connection from CCD

Scanner board Main control board LPH board LPH connect board LED unit remain intact?




Printer section

Section Step Check item Result RemedyToner cartridge 1 Isthetonercartridgedrivenproperly? NO Correct./Replacedrive

coupling mechanism of toner cartridge and machine. Replace the toner cartridge.

2 Isthedevelopingbiasorsupplybiascontact terminal dirty or deformed?)


3 Is the gap roller dirty or broken? YES Clean. / Replace.Drum cartridge 4 Isthechargewiredirty? YES Clean.

5 Is the drum dirty or damaged? YES Replace.Fusing unit 6 Is the fusing roller dirty or damaged? YES Clean. / Replace.Transfer section 7 Is the transfer bias contact terminal

dirty or deformed?YES Clean. / Replace.

8 Is the transfer roller dented or damaged?

YES Replace.

Discharge plate 9 Is the discharge plate deformed? YES Replace.Circuit boards 10 Are the connections from LPH to

high-voltageboard,andfromhigh-voltageboardtomaincontrolboardin good condition?(Check plugs firmly plugged and snapped harness)


4-39


NO 1. Replace toner cartridge.2. Replace drum cartridge.3. Replace fusing unit.4. Replace LPH.5. Replace LPH connect board.6. Replace LPH board.7. Replace main control board.8.Replacehigh-voltagepower


4-40

4.6 Document trouble

Mechanical Errors

Symptom Possible Cause Countermeasure

While feeding a document

The ADF does not feed the document.

Thepickuprollerisdirtyorwornout.

Clean the roller.Replace the roller.

Thepoweroftheseparationroller is getting decrease. The separation pad pressure does not match the paper quality.

Adjust the separation pressure.Clean the roller.

The motor is not rotating. Replace the motor.

While scanning document

The feeder stops the feed-ingjobwhilethedocumentis taken into the feeder.

The malfunction of the sensor. Replace the sensor.

Themotorpowerisnotworkingproperly.

Replace the motor.

The roller is dirty. Clean the roller.

Therolleriswornout. Replace the roller.

The document is stuck and getsdamagedwhiletakeninto the feeder.

Foreign objects entered the feed area.

Removetheobjects.

The paper quality is not acceptable.The paper shape is not acceptable.

Recommend the customer to use the document glass.

Sensor Malfunctions


While feeding a document

Nobeepsoundwhenyouplace the document.(Thebeepsoundvolumesetting could be OFF.)

DS1 sensor defect 0Press<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<2>todisplaythesensorinput test mode.

1ConfirmtheLCDindicationchangesbymovingtheDS1 sensor.

OFF: No document / ON: Document2 Check the sensor harness is firmly connected.3 If the LCD indication does not change, replace the

DS1 sensor.4 Replace the sensor harness.5 Replace the main control board.

APS sensor defect 0Press<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<2>todisplaythesensorinput test mode.

1 Confirm that the LCD indication changes by opening andclosingtheplatencover.

OFF:CoverOpen/ON:Document2 Check the sensor harness is firmly connected.3 If the LCD indication does not change, replace the

APS sensor.4 Replace the sensor harness.5 Replace the main control board.

While feeding document

The machine feeds the document through the ADF withoutscanning.

DS2 sensor defect 0Press<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<2>todisplaythesensorinput test mode.

1 Confirm that the LCD indication changes by opening theADFcoverandinsertingapaper.

OFF: No document / ON: Document 2 Check the sensor harness is firmly connected.3 I f the LCD indication does not change, replace the

DS2 sensor.4 Replace the sensor harness.5 Replace the main control board.

While scanning a docu-ment

The scan starting and end-ing area are not correct.

While a document exits

TheLCDshowsawarn-ingwhileadocumentexitsafter scanning.

DS1, DS2 or DS3 sensor defect

Check “DS1 sensor defect”, “DS2 sensor defect” and “DS3 sensor defect” in that order.

TheLCDshowsawarningafter a document exits.

4-41


Others The message, “Please closetheflashingcover.”is displayed on the LCD.

Theflashingcover:TheADFcover

TXIL sensor defect 0Press<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<2>todisplaythesensorinput test mode.

1 Confirm that the LCD indication changes by opening andclosingtheADFcover.

OFF:Coveropen/ON:Coverclose2 Check the sensor harness is firmly connected.3 If the LCD indication does not change, replace the

TXIL sensor.4 Replace the sensor harness.5 Replace the connect board.

Scanning trouble


An unusual noise occurs. The belt has not been firmly inserted into the belt holder.

Check the belt.

While scan-ning

The lamp at FBS does not turn on

Harness is not firmly inserted to the connector.

Check the connectors.

LED lamp board defect. Replace.

LED lamp board harness defect. Replace.

CCD board defect. Replace the carriage.

HarnessbetweenCCDboardandscanner board defect.

Replace the harness.

Scanner board defect. Replace the scanner board.

The carriage is touching the home side (on the lefttowardthe front)

HS sensor defect. 0Press<Setting>,<*>,<2>,<2>todis-play the sensor input test mode.

1Removethedocumentglassandmovethe carriage by hand, and confirm that the LCD indication changes.

OFF: Not home position ON : Home position2 Check the sensor harness is firmly

connected.3 If the LCD indication does not change,

replace the HS sensor.4 Replace the sensor harness.5 Replace the scanner board.6Replacetheharnessbetweenscanner

board and main control board.

The carriage does not move.

FBS motor defect. 1 Check the motor harness is firmly con-nected.

2 Replace the FBS motor.

Scanner board defect. 1 Check the connectors are firmly con-nected to the scanner board.

2Replacetheharnessbetweenscannerboard and main control board.

3 Replace the scanner board.4 Replace the main control board.

4-42

4.7 Recording Paper JamAfterremovingthejammedpaper,pleaseopenandclosethesidecover.

Mechanical errors

Symptom Possible cause Countermeasure

Jam in the paper supply area

Faultymovementofsomecassetteparts.

Checkeachmovementofacassettepart.Replace the faulty part.

Paper is stuck in the recording area.

Removethestuckpaper.

Thepaperfeedrolleriswornout. Replace the roller.

Jam in the feed area

Paper is stuck in the feed area. Removethejammedpaper.

Jam in the fuser or the paper exit area

Paper is stuck in the fuser or paper exit area.

Removethejammedpaper.

The fuser roller is not clean. Clean the fuser roller.Replace the fuser roller.

Electrical errors

Symptom Possible cause Countermeasure

Jam in the feed area“Please close the flashingcover.”

The paper supply electromagnetic clutchdoesnotwork.

•Checkthewiring.•Replacethepapersupplyelectromagneticclutch.•Replacethemaincontrolboard.

The paper supply sensor (PSS) does notwork.

Checkthatthewiringandactuatorareworkingproperly. If confirmed OK, then replace the PSS, or Main control board.

Jam in the feed area“Please close the flashingcover.”

The malfunction of the PPS. Checkthatthewiringandactuatorareworkingproperly. If confirmed OK, then replace the PSS, or the main control board.

Jam in the feed area“Check paper size.....”

Thepapersizeisnotcorrect. Checkthepaper,sizesetting.

Jam in the fuser or paper exit area

The paper discharge sensor (PDS) doesnotwork.

Checkthatthewiringandactuatorsareworkingproperly. If confirmed OK, then replace the PDS, or LPH board.

4-43

4.8 Machine malfunction

No. Symptom What to confirm Countermeasure

1 TheLCDshowsnothing.

1.Isthemachineinenergysavemode? Yes

No

Presstheenergysavekey,andreleasethe mode.Check No.2.

2.Isthepowercablepluggedcorrectly? YesNo

Check No.3.Plug the cable correctly.

3.IsthepowerswitchOn? YesNo

Check No.4.Poweron.

4. DoestheDCoutputvoltagesfromthepowersupplyunittoconnectorP3 on the main control boarhavethefollowingoutput?

Pin 7, 9 +3.3 VPin 15, 17 +5.0 VPin 2, 4, 6 +12.0VPin 12, 14 +24.0VPin 1 , 3 , 5 , 8, 10, 11, 13, 19, 21, 23

GND

YesNo

Check No.5.Replacethepowersupply.

5. Isthefollowingconnection OK?•LCD assembly to the Panel PCB. (P8)•Panel PCB (P1:) to the harness to the

main control board. (P5A)

YesNo

Check No.6.Reconnect the connection or replace the harness.

6. If you replace the panel board, the symptomwillbefixed.

YesNo

Replace the panel board.Check No.7.

7. If you replace the main board, the symptomwillbefixed.

YesNo

Replace the main control board.Replace the machine.

2 TheLCDshows“Please close the flashing cover.”

1.Ifyouclosetheflashingcover,thesymptomwillbefixed.

YesNo

Solved.Check No.2.

2.Isthecoversecuredfirmlybyscrews?

YesNo

Check No.3.Securethecoverproperly.

3.Isthemessageshownafterenergysavemodeisreleased?

YesNo

Check No.4.Check No.5.

4.DoestheLPHboardP93-8have+24V output?

YesNo

Check No.5.Check No.6.

5. Press the sensor in the message and check the output changes to +3V through GND. (The interlock +24V through GND.)

No Replace the sensor or the harness.

Interlock : LPH board P93-11 Yes Check No.6.

JAMC1 : LPH board P93-3 Yes Check No.6.

JAMC2: Main control board P17-7 Yes Check No.7.

ADFcover:MaincontrolboardP82-1 Yes Check No.7.

6. If you replace LPH board or the con-nectingharness,themessagewilldisappear.

YesNo

Replace the circuit board or the har-ness.Check No.7.

7. If you replace the main control board, thesymptomwillbefixed.

YesNo


4-44

No Symptom What to confirm Countermeasure

3 Documents jam frequently.TheLCDshows“Please reset the document.”

1. Did you feed a single document? YesNo

Check No. 2.Check No. 3

2. Did you use thin paper or con-vertedpaper?

Yes

No

Recommend the customer to use the docu-ment glass.Check No. 8.

3. Did you set documents more than the capacity?

YesNo

Check No. 4.Check No. 5.

4.Ifyousetdocumentswithinthecapacity, the symptom be fixed.

YesNo

Solved.Check No. 5.

5.Didyouusewrinkledorcurleddocuments?

Yes

No

Recommend the customer to use the docu-ment glass.Check No. 6.

6. Does the machine still feed docu-ments?

YesNo


7. Does the machine still discharge documents?

YesNo


8. Does the clutch rotate properly? YesNo

Check No. 9.Replace the clutch.

9.Doestheseparaterollerworkproperly?

YesNo


10.Doesthetransfergearworkproperly?

YesNo

Check No. 11.Adjust the gear.

11. Does the ADF motor rotate prop-erly?

YesNo

Check No. 12.Replace the ADF motor.

12. Is the separation pad pressure appropriate?

YesNo

Check No. 13.Adjust the separation pad pressure.

13. Do CN201-4, 5, 6 and 7 of the powersupplyhave+24Voutput?

YesNo

Check No. 14.Replacethepowersupply.

14. If you replace the harness betweenthepowersupplyandmain control board, the message willdisappear.

Yes

No

Replacetheharnessbetweenthepowersupply and main control board.Check No. 15.

15. Do P3-12, 14, 16, and 18 on the maincontrolboardhave+24Voutput ?

YesNo

Check No. 16.Replace the main control board.

16. Has the DS1 sensor been installed properly?

YesNo

Check No. 17.Re-install it properly.

17. Does the feeler for the DS1 sen-sorworkproperly?

YesNo

Check No. 18.Replace the DS1 sensor feeler.

18. Does the feeler for the DS2 sen-sorworkproperly?

YesNo

Check No. 19.Replace the DS2 sensor feeler.

19. Are there any foreign objects stuck around paper guides?

YesNo

Removetheobjects.Check No. 20.

20.DoesthevoltagelevelofP82-.onthe main control panel change to +0VwhentheDS1isON,andto+5VwhentheDS1isOFF?

YesNo


21. If you replace the DS1 sensor, the symptomwillbefixed.

YesNo

Replace the DS1.Replace the main control board.

4-45


3 Documents jam frequently.TheLCDshows“Please reset the document.”

22.DoesthevoltagelevelofP82-6onthe main control panel change to +0VwhentheDS2isON,andto+5VwhentheDS2isOFF?

YesNo


23. If you replace the DS2 sensor, the symptomwillbefixed.

YesNo

Replace the DS2.Replace the main control board.

24. Is the separation roller dirty? YesNo

Replace the separation roller.Check No. 25.

25. Is the separation pad dirty? YesNo

Replace the separation pad.Replace the machine.

4 Documentsskew 1.Havethedocumentguidesbeenadjusted properly?

YesNo

Check No. 2.Re-adjust the guides properly.

2.Didyouplacedifferentsizedocu-ments at the same time?

YesNo

Setonlythesamesizedocuments.Check No. 3.

3. Are there any foreign objects on the paper pass?

YesNo


4.Havetheseparatorrollerandthepadseparatorbeenwornout?

YesNo

Replace them.Check No. 5.

5.Arethereanyproblemswithonthe installations and operations of the separator roller and the pad separator?

YesNo

Check their operations.Check No. 6.

6. Is the guide outer deformed? YesNo

Fix or replace it.Replace the machine.

5 Documents get wrinkledortornfrequently.

1. Are they thin documents? Yes

No

Recommend customer to use the docu-ment glass.Check No. 2.

2. Are there any foreign objects on the document tray?

YesNo


3.Dothedocumentsgetwrinkledortorn around the feeding entry area?

YesNo


4. Has the entry area of the guide outer been deformed?

YesNo

Repair or replace it.Check No. 7.

5. Is the separation pad dirty? YesNo

Replace the separation pad.Replace the machine.

4-46


6 Thewarningmes-sage “ Lamp error. Callforservice.”is displayed.

1. Has the lamp been illuminated? YesNo


2. Is the CCD harness connecting cor-rectly?

YesNo

Check No. 3.Connect the harness.

3. Are the sheet document press or backgroundlevelplatedirty?

YesNo

Clean, or replace them.Check No. 4.

4. Are the document glass or the mir-rors dirty?

YesNo

Clean, or replace them.Check No. 5.

5. Are the mirror carriage belts or the home sensor attached correctly?

YesNo

Check No. 4.Reattach them.

6. If you replace the home sensor or the connecting harness, the symp-tomwillbefixed.

YesNo

Replace the sensor or the harness.Check No. 7.

7. If you replace the LED lamp board or the connecting harness, the symptomwillbefixed.

Yes

No

Replace the carriage or the harness.Check No. 8.

8. If you replace the carriage or the connecting harness, the symptom willbefixed.

Yes

No

Replace the circuit board or the har-ness.Check No. 9.

9. If you replace the main control board or the connecting harness, the symptomwillbefixed.

YesNo


7 The message “No Paper” is dis-played.

1. Did you load paper in the cassette properly?

YesNo

Check No.2.Re-load paper.

2. Press the paper detection feeler whenthemachineisinreadymode, and check the sensor output changes to +3V through GND.

Cassette 1 : Main control board P14-4

YesNo


Cassette 2 : Main control board P15-4

YesNo


4. If you replace the main control board,thesymptomwillbefixed.

YesNo


8 Paper jams or the message “Open the flashing coverand check. . . . . .” i s d i s p l a y e d .

1. Is there any paper jam on the paper pass?

YesNo

Removethepaper.Check No. 2.

2. Is there electrical continuity in the harnessbetweenthePSSsensorand the main control board?

YesNo

Check No. 3.Replace the PSS sensor or the con-necting harness.

3. Is there electrical continuity in the harnessbetweenthePDSsensorand the LPH board?

YESNO

Check No. 4.Replace the connecting harness.

4. Is there electrical continuity in the harnessbetweenthemaincontrolboard and the LPH board?

YESNO

Check No. 5.Replace the connecting harness.

5. If you replace the PSS sensor or thePDSsensor,themessagewilldisappear.

YesNo

Replace the sensor.Check No. 6.

6. If you replace the LPH board, the messagewilldisappear? (PDS sensor only)

YesNo

Replace the LPHboard.Check No. 7.

7. If you replace the main control board,themessagewilldisappear.

YesNo


4-47


9 Paperskew. 1. If you re-load the document and make morethan10copies,paperskewstilloccurs.

YesNo

Check No. 2.Solved.

2. Has the paper cassette been installed properly?

YesNo

Check No. 3.Re-install it properly.

3.Doesthecassettehaveanymalfunc-tions?

YesNo

Replace the cassette.Replace the machine.

10 When using the auto feeder, the reception image expanded.

1. If you print “Checkered Pattern”, the imagewillexpandsmoreverticallythanhorizontally.

Note:Thefollowingcausesarealsopossible. The sender sent the document data using unsuitable documentslikeexcessivelythickpaper, no carbon paper, rear carbon paper, and so on.

YesNo

Check No. 2.The sender’s problem.(It might be caused by using unsuit-able documents, or sender transmis-sion problems.)


YesNo


11 When using the auto feeder, the reception image compressed.

1. If you print “Checkered Pattern”, the imageismorecompressedverticallythanhorizontally.

YesNo

Check No. 2.The sender’s problem.(It might be caused by sender trans-mission problems.)

2. If you pull out a paper from resist roller and the fuser, the friction is normal.

YesNo

Check No. 3.Clean resist roller. Replace resist roller or the fuser.

3. The electromagnetic clutch is normal. YesNo

Check No. 4.Replace the electromagnetic clutch.


YesNo


12 The printouts are too light.

1. Are copied and test print images too light,orunevendensity?

Note:Thefollowingcausesarealsopossible. The contrast set-ting might be not appropriate. Contrast irregularities are likely on printouts of documents con-taining thin lines or small blue lettering.

YesNo

Check No. 2.The sender’s problem.(Possible causes are inappropriate contrast setting, using colored docu-ments, poor line connection, using unsuitable documents, or sender transmission problems.)

2. If you replace the toner or the drum cartridge,thesymptomwillbefixed.

Yes

No

Replace the toner or the drum car-tridge.Refer to the “Image Quality Prob-lems”.

13 Clock malfunc-tion

1. Are there any errors in the clock set-ting process?

YesNo

Followtheinstructionmanual.Check No. 2.


YesNo


4-48


15 The machine doesnotreceiveor send a FAX.

1.Isthemachineverifyingthepass-word?

YesNo


2.Isthepasswordcorrect? Yes

No

Stopusingthepasswordverification,then check No. 3.Enterthecorrectpassword.

3.Doesthemachinecommunicatewitharightworkingmachine?

Yes

No

Theoperationmightwrong,orcountermachinemighthaveproblem.Check No. 4.

4. If you replace the NCU board or the connectingharness,thesymptomwillbe fixed.

Yes

No

Replace the NCU board or the har-ness.Check No. 5.


YesNo


16 The auto mem-ory reception doesnotwork.

1. Has the auto reception been set? YesNo

Check No. 2.Set auto reception mode.


Yes

No



YesNo


17 A dial signal output fails after entering the number from the numeric keys.

1. Has the line type setting been set correctly ?

YesNo

Check No. 2.Set the correct line type.


Yes

No



YesNo


18 The line monitor doesnotwork.

1.HasthevolumesettingbeensettoOFF?

YesNo

SetthevolumeexceptOFF.Check No. 2.

2. Has the setting for the line monitor been set up?

YesNo

Check No. 3.Set up the setting.

3. If you replace the speaker or the con-nectingharness,thesymptomwillbefixed.

YesNo

Replace the speaker or the harness.Check No. 3.


YesNo


4-49


19 An unusual sound occurs.

1. Does the sound occur during scan-ning?

YesNo


2. Does the sound occur during scan-ning using the ADF or document glass ?

YesNo


3.Arethereanyobjectsinterferingwiththe roller or roller shaft?

YesNo


4. Has the ADF motor sounded abnor-mal?

YesNo

Clean the roller. Check the harness.Check No. 5.

5.Arethereanyobjectsinterferingwiththe ADF gear?

YesNo


6. Has the FBS motor sounded abnor-mal?

YesNo

Check the harness.Check No. 7.

7.Arethereanyobjectsinterferingwiththe FBS gear?

YesNo


8.Arethereanyobjectsinterferingwiththe FBS pulley?

YesNo


9.Arethereanyobjectsinterferingwiththemirrorcarriagetravelingsurface?

YesNo

Removetheobjectsusinglintfreewaste.Check No. 10.

10.Doesthesoundoccurwhilerecord-ing?

YesNo


11.Ifyouremovethedrumortonercar-tridge, the sound still occurs.

YesNo

Check No. 12.Replace the toner or drum cartridge.

12.Arethereanyobjectsinterferingwiththedrumgear,developinggear,ortransfer gear?

YesNo


13. If you replace the toner or drum car-tridge,thesymptomwillbefixed.

Yes

No

Replace the toner or drum cartridge.

Check No. 14.

14. If you replace the transfer roller or fuser,thesymptomwillbefixed.

YesNo

Replace the transfer roller or fuser.Check No. 15.

15.Arethereanyobjectsinterferingwiththedrivingmechanism?

YesNo


16. If you replace the main control board,thesymptomwillbefixed.

YesNo


20 The document memory can not be backed up.

1.Havethemaincontrolboardandthebattery been connected to P81?

YesNo

Check No. 2.Connect it.

2.Isthebatteryvoltageabove+3Vwhenthemachineinshutdown?

YesNo


3. Did you charge the battery for more than 24 hours?

YesNo

Check No. 4.Charge the battery.

4. If you replace the battery, the symp-tomwillbefixed.

YesNo

Replace the battery.Check No. 5.


YesNo


4-50


21 Unitwillnotpowerup.

1.Isthepowercordconnectedcorrectandpowerswitchisturnedon.

YesNo

Check No.2.Connectthepowercordandturnthepoweron.

2. Is the electrical outlet is on? YesNo

Check No.3.Connect the machine to a proper outlet.

3. DoestheDCoutputvoltagesfromthepowersupplyunittoconnectorP3onthe main control boarhavethefollow-ing output?

Pin 7, 9 +3.3 VPin 15, 17 +5.0 VPin 2, 4, 6 +12.0VPin 12, 14 +24.0VPin 1 , 3 , 5 , 8, 10, 11, 13, 19, 21, 23

GND

YesNo

Check No.4.Replacethepowersupply.

4. Is theconnectionbetweenthepowersupply unit and the main control board OK?

YesNo

Check No.5.Reconnect the connection or replace the harness.

5. If you replace the main board, the symptomwillbefixed.

YesNo


5-1

5 Maintenance & Adjustment5.1 Maintenance schedule

Scanning Section

Parts NameMaintenance Cycle (pages)

Reference PageClean Replace

Covers

See “Administrators’s Guide”

—

See “Administra-tors’s Guide”

Touch panel display —ADF glass —Document glass —Platencover —Platencoverpad —Mirrors *1

Wipeitwithasoftclothdampenedwithwater.If that does not clean the part,wipeitfirstwithasoftclothdampenedwithnatu-raldetergent,thenwipeitwithasoftclothdampenedwithwater.

— 5-27

Assy Piece Separator *2 60,000 sheets/letter or 2 years 5-15

Roller Separate *2 60,000 sheets/letter or 2 years 5-11

Roller Pickup *2 60,000 sheets/letter or 2 years 5-11

Roller Feed / Roller Press — 5-12Roller Exit ADF / Roller Press — 5-14

Lamp 20,000 hours (light intensity: 70%) 5-26

*1“”meanstocleanthepartswhenimagequalityproblemsoccurs.*2Replacethesepartsatthesametime.

Printer Section

Parts NameMaintenance Cycle (pages) Reference

PageClean Replace

Printer head Pull the cleaning rod —See “User’s

Guide”

Roller Pickup *3

Wipeitwithasoftclothdampenedwithalcohol.

60,000 sheets/letter or 2 years

5-76

Assy Piece Pressure *3 60,000 sheets/letter or 2 years

5-77

Roller Feed (Cassette 2) / Roller Press 100,000 sheets/letter 5-80

Roller Feed Duplex / Roller Press 100,000 sheets/letter 5-67

Roller Pickup MP 60,000 sheets/letter or 2 years 5-63

Pad Pressure MP 60,000 sheets/letter or 2 years 5-63

Roller Register / Roller Press 100,000 sheets/letter 5-59Roller Exit/ Roller Press 100,000 sheets/letter 5-66Fuser — 100,000 sheets/letter 5-64Roller Transfer — 60,000 sheets/letter 5-56

*3Replacethesepartsatthesametime.

Note Themaintenancecycle(pagesoryears)maybeshorterthantheabovevalueaccordingtothe

environmentorusageofthemachine,andthedocumentsandpaperthatareused.Themaintenancecycle (pages or years) are not insured and early replacement of the parts may be needed to maintain the machine quality.

5-2

5.2 Disassembly proceduresBefore assembling,

•Disconnectthepowercable•Disconnectthelinecableandothercables•Pulloutthetonercartridgefromthemachine•Pulloutthedrumcartridgefromthemachine,andcoveritwithablackclothe

5.2.1 ADF section ...................................................................................................................... 5-4TRAY DOCUMENT .............................................................................................................................5-4COVER CONNECT .............................................................................................................................5-4COVER PLATEN .................................................................................................................................5-5COVER TX SIDE B .............................................................................................................................5-6COVER TX SIDE F .............................................................................................................................5-7GUIDE INNER A .................................................................................................................................5-8GUIDE OUTER ...................................................................................................................................5-9ASSY SHAFT SEPARATOR .............................................................................................................5-10ROLLER PICKUP/ROLLER SEPARATOR .......................................................................................5-11ROLLER FEED .................................................................................................................................5-12ROLLER EXIT ADF ...........................................................................................................................5-14ASSY PIECE SEPARATOR ..............................................................................................................5-15MOTOR (STEPPING) .......................................................................................................................5-16SENSOR TXIL ...................................................................................................................................5-17ADF DRIVE GEARS ..........................................................................................................................5-18SENSOR (APS) .................................................................................................................................5-19SENSOR DS1/DS2 ...........................................................................................................................5-20Assembling the SHEET DOCUMENT PRESS ..................................................................................5-21

5.2.2 Scanner section .............................................................................................................. 5-22ASSY COVER CONTACT .................................................................................................................5-22ASSY COVER TOP ...........................................................................................................................5-22FRAME SCANNER FBS ...................................................................................................................5-23SENSOR HS .....................................................................................................................................5-25PCB LED-LAMP FBS ........................................................................................................................5-26HOLDER SHAFT GUIDE ..................................................................................................................5-26MIRROR A/B/C .................................................................................................................................5-27MOTOR (STEPPING) .......................................................................................................................5-28PCB SCANNER ................................................................................................................................5-30

5.2.3 Panel section .................................................................................................................. 5-31PANEL ...............................................................................................................................................5-31DISPLAY (LCD) .................................................................................................................................5-32SPEAKER .........................................................................................................................................5-34PCB PANEL ......................................................................................................................................5-35PCB PANEL KEY1/KEY2 ..................................................................................................................5-36

5.2.4 PCB section .................................................................................................................... 5-37PCB PDL ...........................................................................................................................................5-37POWER-SUPPLY .............................................................................................................................5-38PCB IS ...............................................................................................................................................5-39PCB LPH ...........................................................................................................................................5-40PCB MAIN .........................................................................................................................................5-41PCB NCU ..........................................................................................................................................5-42PCB PSU ...........................................................................................................................................5-43PCB CONNECT LPH ........................................................................................................................5-44

5.2.5 Printer section ................................................................................................................. 5-46TRAY A MP/MP FLAPPER PAD .......................................................................................................5-46COVER FRONT ................................................................................................................................5-47COVER OPTION/COVER SHIELD ...................................................................................................5-48COVER BACK ...................................................................................................................................5-48COVER JAM ACCESS ......................................................................................................................5-49SOLENOID ........................................................................................................................................5-50CLUTCH ............................................................................................................................................5-51RX MOTOR .......................................................................................................................................5-52

5-3

MOTOR (STEPPING) .......................................................................................................................5-53FRAME DRIVE/GEARS ....................................................................................................................5-54ROLLER TRANSFER ........................................................................................................................5-56ROLLER REGISTER .........................................................................................................................5-59SENSOR TRAYS ..............................................................................................................................5-60SENSOR JAMC1 ..............................................................................................................................5-61SENSOR PSS ...................................................................................................................................5-62ROLLER PICKUP MP/PAD PRESSURE MP ....................................................................................5-63PRINTER FUSER .............................................................................................................................5-64SENSOR PDS/DPS ..........................................................................................................................5-65ROLLER EXIT ...................................................................................................................................5-66ROLLER FEED DUPLEX ..................................................................................................................5-67TONER SENSOR (PCB TOS) .........................................................................................................5-69SENSOR PES1 .................................................................................................................................5-71SENSOR OPEN1 ..............................................................................................................................5-72PRINTER HEAD ................................................................................................................................5-73FILTER VOC .....................................................................................................................................5-75

5.2.6 Paper feeding section ..................................................................................................... 5-76ROLLER PICKUP (1st CST)/(2nd CST) ............................................................................................5-76ASSY PIECE PRESSURE (1st CST)/(2nd CST) ..............................................................................5-77PIECE COVER CST (1st CST paper dust) .......................................................................................5-78SENSOR JAMC2 ..............................................................................................................................5-79SENSOR PES2 .................................................................................................................................5-80ROLLER FEED 2ND (2nd CST) ........................................................................................................5-80PLATE FRAME B ..............................................................................................................................5-81ASSY SHAFT JOINT (2nd CST) .......................................................................................................5-81SOLENOID (2nd CST) ......................................................................................................................5-82SENSOR OPEN2 ..............................................................................................................................5-82

5-4

5.2.1 ADF section

TRAY DOCUMENT

1. Releaseonehook[2]fromtheCoverplaten[1].2. RemovetheTRAYDOCUMENT[3].

[1]

[2]

[3]

COVER CONNECT

1. Removeonescrew[1],thenremovetheCOVERCONNECT[2].2. Disconnecttheconnector[3]fromthePlatePCL.

[1]

[2][3]

ImportantWhenattachingtheCoverconnect,becarefulnottopinchtheharness.

5-5

COVER PLATEN

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. Removeonescrew[1].3. OpentheCoverplaten[2],andliftupwards.4. TilttheCoverplaten[2]backalittleandreleasethehook[4]ontheHinge[3].Then,removetheCOVER

PLATEN[2].

[2]

[4]

[3][1]

5-6

COVER TX SIDE B

1. OpentheCoverplaten[1].2. Removeonescrew[2].

[1]

[2]

3. ClosetheCoverplaten[1].4. OpentheGuideouter[3].5. Releaseonehook[4],thenremovetheCOVERTXSIDEB[5].

[3]

[4]

[5]

5-7

COVER TX SIDE F

1. OpentheCoverplaten[1].2. Removeonescrew[2].

[1][2]

3. ClosetheCoverplaten[1].4. OpentheGuideouter[3].5. Releaseonehook[4],thenremovetheCOVERTXSIDEF[5].

[3][5]

[4]

5-8

GUIDE INNER A

1. RemovetheTraydocument.(SeeTRAYDOCUMENT)2. RemovetheCoverTXsideB.(SeeCOVERTXSIDEB)3. RemovetheCoverTXsideF.(SeeCOVERTXSIDEF)4. Removeonescrew[1].5. CuttheCabletie[2].6. Removetwoscrews[3],andremovetheAPSbracket[4].7. Removetwoscrews[5].8. Releaseonehook[6],thenremovetheGUIDEINNERA[7].

[2]

[1]

[5][5]

[7]

[6]

[3]

[4]

5-9

GUIDE OUTER

1. RemovetheTraydocument.(SeeTRAYDOCUMENT)2. RemovetheCoverTXsideB.(SeeCOVERTXSIDEB)3. RemovetheCoverTXsideF.(SeeCOVERTXSIDEF)4. RemovetheGuideinnerA[1].(SeeGUIDEINNERA)5. RemovetheGUIDEOUTER[2].

[2]

[1]

5-10

ASSY SHAFT SEPARATOR

1. RemovetheCoverTXsideB.(SeeCOVERTXSIDEB)2. RemoveonePlasticring[1].3. SlidetheBearing[2]towardthecenter.4. RemoveGear400.6B[3].5. RemovetheASSYSHAFTSEPARATOR[4].

[3][1]

[2]

[4]

5-11

ROLLER PICKUP/ROLLER SEPARATOR

1. RemovetheCoverTXsideB.(SeeCOVERTXSIDEB)2. RemovetheASSYshaftseparator.(SeeASSYSHAFTSEPARATOR)3. RemoveoneE-ring[1].4. RemoveoneE-ring[2],thenremovetheROLLERPICKUP[3].

[1]

[2]

[3]

5. RemovethreeE-rings[4]andtwoBearingsD68[5].6. Removeoneparallelpin[6]andtheShaftseparator[7].7. RemovetheROLLERSEPARATOR[8].

[4]

[4]

[5]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[8]

5-12

ROLLER FEED

1. RemovetheGuideinnerA[1].(SeeGUIDEINNERA)2. Removethreescrews[2]andtheSpringPearth[3].3. OpentheGuideinnerB[4].

[3][2]

[4]

[1]

4. RemovetwoE-rings[5],twoBearings[6],andoneGear270.5[7].

[5]

[5][7]

[6]

[6]

5-13

5. LifttheROLLERFEED[8]andremovebyslidingasshowninbelow.

[8]

[8]

5-14

ROLLER EXIT ADF

1. RemovetheGuideinnerA[1].(SeeGUIDEINNERA)2. RemovetheSpringPearth.(SeeROLLERFEED)3. OpentheGuideinnerB[2].4. RemovetwoE-rings[3],oneBearing[4],andoneGear270.5oneway[5].

[3]

[3][2]

[6][5]

[1]

[4]

5. RemovetheROLLEREXITADF[6]byslidingit.

[6]

5-15

ASSY PIECE SEPARATOR

1. RemovetheCoverTXsideB.(SeeCOVERTXSIDEB)2. RemovetheASSYshaftseparator.(SeeASSYSHAFTSEPARATOR)3. Releasetwohooks[1],thenremovetheASSYcoverseparator[2].4. RemovetheASSYPIECESEPARATOR[3].

[2]

[1]

[3]

5-16

MOTOR (STEPPING)

1. RemovetheCoverTXsideB.(SeeCOVERTXSIDEB)2. ReleasetheCabletie[1].3. Disconnecttheconnector[2].4. Removethreescrews[3],thenremovetheBracketmotorADF[4].

[1]

[2]

[3]

[3]

[4][6]

5. Removetwoscrews[5],thenremovetheMOTOR(STEPPING)[6].

[6]

[4]

[5]

[5]

5-17

SENSOR TXIL

1. RemovetheCoverTXsideB.(SeeCOVERTXSIDEB)2. RemovetheMotor(stepping).(SeeMOTOR(STEPPING))3. RemovetheGear18/55[1]andGear24/47[2].

[2] [1]

[4]

4. ReleasetheCabletie[3].5. DisconnecttheconnectorandremovetheSENSORTXIL[4].

[4]

[3]

5-18

ADF DRIVE GEARS

1. RemovetheCoverTXsideB.(SeeCOVERTXSIDEB)2. RemovetheCoverTXsideF.(SeeCOVERTXSIDEF)3. RemovetheMotor(stepping).(SeeMOTOR(STEPPING))4. RemovetheAPSbracket.(SeeGUIDEINNERA)5. RemovetheGuideinnerA.(SeeGUIDEINNERA)6. RemovetheGear18/55[1].7. RemovetheGear24/47[2].8. RemoveGear400.6B[3].9. RemovetwoGears590.5[4].10.RemoveoneE-ring[5],thenremovetheGear270.5[6].11.RemoveoneE-ring[7],thenremovetheGear270.5ONEWAY[8].

[8]

[7]

[5]

[4]

[2]

[4] [6]

[3]

[1]

5-19

SENSOR (APS)

1. RemovetheGuideinnerA[1].(SeeGUIDEINNERA)2. Releasethehookfromtheinsideanddisconnecttheconnector,thenremovetheSENSOR(APS)[2].

[1]

[2]

5-20

SENSOR DS1/DS2

1. RemovetheGuideinnerA.(SeeGUIDEINNERA)2. Loosenonescrew[1]andopentheGuideinnerB[2].3. Removetwoscrews[3],thenremovetheSENSORDS1[4]andSENSORDS2[5].

ImportantWhenattachingtheparts,closetheGuideinnerBfirst,thentightenthescrew[1].

[2]

[1]

[5]

[3]

[3]

[4]

5-21

Assembling the SHEET DOCUMENT PRESS

1. OpentheCoverplaten[1].2. LaytheSheetdocumentpress[2]onthedocumentglass,leaving1mmofclearancefromtheleftcorner.3. Peeloffthebackingpaperfromthedouble-sidedtape[3]ontheSheetdocumentpress.4. ClosetheCoverplaten[1].5. LightlypressdownontheCoverplatentoaffixtheSHEETDOCUMENTPRESS[2].

[3]

1mm1mm

[1]

[2][3]

5-22

5.2.2 Scanner section

ASSY COVER CONTACT

1. OpentheCoverplaten[1].2. Removetwoscrews[2],thenremovetheASSYCOVERCONTACT[3].

[2]

[2]

[3]

[1]

CautionWhenremovingtheASSYcovercontact,becarefulnottobreaktheGlasscontact.

ASSY COVER TOP

1. RemovetheCoverplaten.(SeeCOVERPLATEN)2. Removesixscrews[1],thenremovetheASSYCOVERTOP[2].

[1]

[1]

[1]

[1]

[1]

[2]

[1]

CautionWhenremovingtheASSYcovertop,becarefulnottobreakthePane.

5-23

FRAME SCANNER FBS

1. RemovetheCoverplaten.(SeeCOVERPLATEN)2. RemovetheASSYcovertop.(SeeASSYCOVERTOP)3. RemovetheFlatharness[1],thenremovetheCore[2].

[1]

[2]

4. RemovetheFlatharness[1]fromitspath.5. ReleasetheBELT(TIMING)[4]fromthehooks[3]ontheFramescannerFBS.

[3]

[1]

[4]

5-24

6. LiftuptheShaftguide[5]andremovetheFRAMESCANNERFBS[6].

[5]

[6]

5-25

SENSOR HS

1. RemovetheCoverplaten.(SeeCOVERPLATEN)2. RemovetheASSYcovertop.(SeeASSYCOVERTOP)3. RemovetheFramescannerFBS.(SeeFRAMESCANNERFBS)4. Releasethehooks,disconnecttheconnector[1],thenremovetheSENSORHS[2].

[1][2]

5-26

PCB LED-LAMP FBS

1. RemovetheCoverplaten.(SeeCOVERPLATEN)2. RemovetheASSYcovertop.(SeeASSYCOVERTOP)3. RemovetheFramescannerFBS.(SeeFRAMESCANNERFBS)4. Releasetwohooks[1],thenremovetheCoverlens[2].5. Releasetwohooks[3],thenremovetheASSYcaselamp[4].6. Removetwoscrews[5].7. Removeonescrew[6]anddisconnecttheconnector[7],thenremovethePCBLED-LAMPFBS[8].

[7]

[3]

[3]

[2]

[1]

[8]

[4]

[5]

[5]

[6]

HOLDER SHAFT GUIDE

1. RemovetheCoverplaten.(SeeCOVERPLATEN)2. RemovetheASSYcovertop.(SeeASSYCOVERTOP)3. RemovetheFramescannerFBS.(SeeFRAMESCANNERFBS)4. Removetwoscrews[1],thenremovetheHOLDERSHAFTGUIDE[2].

[1]

[1]

[2]

5-27

MIRROR A/B/C

1. RemovetheCoverplaten.(SeeCOVERPLATEN)2. RemovetheASSYcovertop.(SeeASSYCOVERTOP)3. RemovetheFramescannerFBS.(SeeFRAMESCANNERFBS)4. RemovetheASSYcaselamp.(SeePCBLED-LAMPFBS)5. ReleaseeightMirrorclamps[1],andremoveMIRRORA[2],MIRRORB[3],andMIRRORC[4].

[1]

[1]

[1]

[1]

[1][1]

[1]

[1]

[2]

[2] [4]

[3]

CautionHandlethemirrorgentlytoavoidfrombreakingit.

ImportantWhenreassemblingMirrorA/B/C,besurethefrontsidefacesinwardsandthesidewiththemarkingfacesoutward.

5-28

MOTOR (STEPPING)

1. RemovetheCoverplaten.(SeeCOVERPLATEN)2. RemovetheASSYcovertop.(SeeASSYCOVERTOP)3. Removeonescrew[1].4. Disconnecttheconnector[2].5. Removethreescrews[3].6. SlidetheBracketmotorFBS[4],thenremovetheBelt(timing)[5].

[2]

[3]

[3]

[3]

[5]

[4]

[1]

7. RemovetheSpringCtension[6]andliftuptheBracketmotorFBS[4].

[4]

[6]

5-29

8. Removetwoscrews[7]anddisconnecttheconnector[8],thenremovetheMOTOR(STEPPING)[9].

[7]

[7]

[8]

[9]

5-30

PCB SCANNER

1. RemovetheCoverplaten.(SeeCOVERPLATEN)2. RemovetheASSYcovertop.(SeeASSYCOVERTOP)3. Removethreescrews[1],thenremovethePlateshieldPCBscanner[2].4. Disconnect all connectors.5. Removeonescrew[3],thenremovethePCBSCANNER[4].

[3]

[1]

[4]

[2] [1]

[1]

5-31

5.2.3 Panel section

PANEL

1. RemovetheCoverplaten.(SeeCOVERPLATEN)2. RemovetheASSYcovertop.(SeeASSYCOVERTOP)3. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)4. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)5. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)6. Disconnecttwoconnectors[1].7. Pullouttheharness[2].

[1] [2]

8. RemovetheCoverstaypanel[3].9. Removefourscrews[4].10.OpentheCoverfront[5],andpullthePANEL[6]forwardtoremoveit.

[3]

[4]

[4]

[5]

[6]

5-32

DISPLAY (LCD)

1. RemovetheCoverplaten.(SeeCOVERPLATEN)2. RemovetheASSYcovertop.(SeeASSYCOVERTOP)3. RemovethePanel.(SeePANEL)4. Removefourscrews[1].5. Disconnecttheconnector[2]fromtheSpeakerandremovetheCoverpanellower[3].

*If the connector is not disconnected, the Speaker harness may break. Be sure to disconnect the connector.

[1]

[1]

[1]

[1]

[2]

[3]

6. Removefourscrews[4],thenremovetheCoverPCBpanel[5].7. Disconnectsixconnectors[6].8. Removethreescrews[7],thenremovetheFramepanel[8].

[5]

[4]

[4]

[4]

[4]

[7]

[7]

[7]

[8]

[6]

[6]

[6]

[6]

5-33

9. Removetwoscrews[9],thenremovetheDISPLAY(LCD)[10].

[10][9]

[9]

Caution•HandletheLCDgentlytoavoidfrombreakingit.•IftheLCDbreaksandtheliquidcomesintocontactwithyourhands,rinsewithwater.Iftheliquid

entersyoureyesormouth,rinsewithwaterandconsultaphysician.

5-34

SPEAKER

1. RemovetheCoverplaten.(SeeCOVERPLATEN)2. RemovetheASSYcovertop.(SeeASSYCOVERTOP)3. RemovethePanel.(SeePANEL)4. RemovetheCoverpanellower.(SeeDISPLAY(LCD))5. Removetwoscrews[1],thenremovetheSPEAKER[2].

[1] [1]

[2]

5-35

PCB PANEL

1. RemovetheCoverplaten.(SeeCOVERPLATEN)2. RemovetheASSYcovertop.(SeeASSYCOVERTOP)3. RemovethePanel.(SeePANEL)4. RemovetheCoverpanellower.(SeeDISPLAY(LCD))5. RemovetheCoverPCBpanel.(SeeDISPLAY(LCD))6. Disconnectsixconnectors[1].7. Removefourscrews[2],thenremovethePCBPANEL[3].

[1]

[1] [1]

[1]

[2]

[2]

[2][2]

[3]

5-36

PCB PANEL KEY1/KEY2

1. RemovetheCoverplaten.(SeeCOVERPLATEN)2. RemovetheASSYcovertop.(SeeASSYCOVERTOP)3. RemovethePanel.(SeePANEL)4. RemovetheCoverpanellower.(SeeDISPLAY(LCD))5. RemovetheCoverPCBpanel.(SeeDISPLAY(LCD))6. RemovetheFramepanel.(SeeDISPLAY(LCD))7. Removethreescrews[1],thenremovethePCBPANELKEY1[2].8. Removeonescrew[3],thenremovethePCBPANELKEY2[4].

[4][1][1] [1]

[2]

[3]

5-37

5.2.4 PCB section

PCB PDL

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. Removeonescrew[1].5. RemovetwoPCB-PS[2].6. Disconnecttheconnector[3]andremovethePCBASSYPDL[4].

[4]

[1]

[2]

[2][3]

7. Removefourscrews[5]andremovethePCBPDL[6].

[6][5]

[5][5]

[5]

5-38

POWER-SUPPLY

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. DisconnectallPower-supply[1]connectors.5. Removethreescrews[2].6. RemovethePOWER-SUPPLY[1].

[1]

[2]

[2]

[2]

5-39

PCB IS

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. Removefivescrews[1].5. RemoveonePCB-P[2]fromthePCBIS,thenremovethePCBIS[3].

[1]

[1]

[1]

[1]

[1]

[2]

[3]

6. RemovetheCFcard[4].

[4]

5-40

PCB LPH

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4.RemovethePCBIS.(SeePCBIS)5.RemovethePCBMain.(SeePCBMAIN)6. DisconnectallPCBLPH[1]connectors.7. Removefourscrews[2],thenremovethePCBLPH[1].

[1]

[2]

[2][2]

[2]

5-41

PCB MAIN

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. RemovethePCBIS.(SeePCBIS)5. Removetwoscrews[1],thenremovethePlatemainB[2].6. Removeonescrew[3],thenremovetheBracketlime[4].7. DisconnectallPCBMain[5]connectors.8. Removeninescrews[6],thenremovethePCBMAIN[5].

[6] [6]

[6]

[6]

[6]

[6]

[6]

[6]

[6]

[5]

[1]

[1]

[3]

[4]

[2]

5-42

PCB NCU

1. Removetwoscrews,thenremovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)2. OpentheCoverfront[1].3. Removeonescrew[2].4. RemovetheCoverleft[3]whilepressingdownonthetwohooks.

[1]

[2]

[3]

5.Removeonescrew[4]andreleasetheCable-clamp[5]ontheharness.ThenpulloutthePlateNCU1[6].6.Disconnecttheconnector[7]andremovethePCBNCU[8].

[4]

[5]

[6]

[7][8]

5-43

PCB PSU

1. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)2. OpentheCoverfront.(SeePCBNCU)3. Removeonescrew.(SeePCBNCU)4. ReleasetwohooksandremovetheCoverleft.(SeePCBNCU)5. DisconnecttheconnectorandremovethePCBNCU.(SeePCBNCU)6. Removetwoscrews[1],thenpullthePCBPSU[2]outslightlyanddisconnectthreeconnectors.7. RemovethePCBPSU[2].

[1]

[1][2]

ImportantThefarendofthePCBPSUisengagedwiththehook.Whenassembling,makesuretoengageitwiththe hook.

5-44

PCB CONNECT LPH

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. DisconnectallconnectorsbetweentheChassisFBSandPCBmain.5. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)6. OpentheCoverjamaccess[1].7. Removesevenscrews[2].

*NotethemarkingsontheChassisFBStolocatetheproperscrews.8. Removeonescrew[3],thenremovetheChassisFBS[4].

[2][2]

[4]

[3]

[1]

[2]

[2]

[2]

9. Removeonescrew[5],thenremovetheCoverleft[6].(SeePCBNCU)10.Removethreescrews[7],thenremovetheTraypaperexit[8].

[8]

[5]

[6]

[7]

[7]

[7]

5-45

11.Disconnecttwoconnectors[9].12.Removetwoscrews[10],thenremovethePCBCONNECTLPH[11].

[9]

[9]

[10]

[10]

[11]

5-46

5.2.5 Printer section

TRAY A MP/MP FLAPPER PAD

1. OpentheTrayAMP[1].2. Releasetwohooks[2],thenremovetheTRAYAMP[1].

[2]

[2]

[1]

3. PeelofftheMPFLAPPERPAD[3].

[3]

5-47

COVER FRONT

1. PullouttheASSYcassette[1].2. OpentheCOVERFRONT[2]andremoveitbyreleasingtwohooks.

[1]

[2]

5-48

COVER OPTION/COVER SHIELD

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. Removetwoscrews[1],thenremovetheCOVEROPTION[2].3. Removeninescrews[3],thenremovetheCOVERSHIELD[4].

[1]

[1]

[2]

[4]

[3]

[3]

[3]

[3]

[3]

[3]

[3]

[3]

[3]

COVER BACK

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. Removetwoscrews[1],thenremovetheCoverback[2].

[1]

[1] [2]

5-49

COVER JAM ACCESS

1. OpentheCoverjamaccess[1].2. RemovetheStopperJAC[2].3. DisconnectthePCBERSlampconnector[3].4. RemovetheStoppersensor[4].5. Removeonescrew[5],thenremovetheSheetblind[6]andremovetheharnessfromitspath.6. RemovetheCOVERJAMACCESS[1].

[1]

[3]

[6]

[5]

[2][4]

5-50

SOLENOID

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)5. Removeonescrew[1],thenremovetheBracketSLND[2].6. Disconnecttheconnector[3]andcuttheCabletie[4].7. Removeonescrew[5],thenremovetheSOLENOID[6].

[6][5]

[4]

[2]

[1]

[3]

5-51

CLUTCH

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)5. RemovetwoStopperrings[1].6. Disconnecttwoconnectors[2].7. RemovetwoCLUTCHes[3].

[3]

[2]

[3]

[2]

[1]

[1]

5-52

RX MOTOR

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)5. Removefourscrews[1]anddisconnecttheconnector[2],thenremovetheRXMOTOR[3].

[1]

[1]

[3]

[2]

5-53

MOTOR (STEPPING)

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)5. RemovetheChassisFBS.(SeePCBCONNECTLPH)6. Removetwoscrews[1],thenremovetheMOTOR(STEPPING)[2].

[1]

[1]

[2]

5-54

FRAME DRIVE/GEARS

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)5. Removethreescrews[1],thenremovetheGroundwire[2].6. Removefivescrews[3],thenremovetheFRAMEDRIVE[4].

[3]

[3]

[3]

[3]

[1]

[1]

[2]

[2]

[4]

7. RemovetheGEAR54/28H[5].8. RemovetheGEAR73H/23H[6].9. RemovetheGEAR61H0.6[7].

[4]

[5][7]

[6]

5-55

10.RemovetheClutch.(SeeCLUTCH)11.RemovetheGEAR59H/19[8].12.RemovetheGEAR35/19[9].13.RemovetheGEAR201.0A[10].14.RemovetheGEAR211.0A[11].15.Removetwoscrews[12],thendisconnecttheGroundwires[13].16.Removethreescrews[14],thenremovetheStaypickup[15].17.RemovetheSpringclutch[16].18.RemovetheGEAR340.8[17].19.RemovetheGEAR34[18].20.RemovetheGEAR41/21[19].21.RemovetheGEAR33H/37[20].22.RemovetheGEAR22[21].23.RemovetheGEAR57H/27H[22].

[10]

[11]

[22]

[21]

[16]

[19]

[14]

[20]

[15][17]

[12][12]

[18]

[13]

[13]

[9]

[8]

5-56

ROLLER TRANSFER

1. OpentheCoverjamaccess[1].2. RemovetheStopperJAC[2].3. Removefourscrews[3].4. DisconnectthePCBERSlampconnector[4],andremovetheGuideinner[5].

[3]

[3]

[4]

[5]

[2]

[1]

5. Removetwoscrews[6],thenremovetheCoverbrackettransfer[7]andGuidepapertransferA[8].

[6]

[8]

[6]

[7]

5-57

6. Removetwoscrews[9],thenremovetheBracketPCBLED[10].

[9]

[9]

[10]

7. Removetwoscrews[11],thenremovetheGuidepapertransferB[12]andthePlatedischarge[13].

[13]

[11]

[11]

[12]

5-58

8. RemoveoneE-ring[14],thenremovetheBrackettransferB[15]andtheBrackettransferF[16]fromtherearsideoftheGuideinner[5].

9. RemovetheROLLERTRANSFER[17].

[15]

[16]

[14]

[5]

[17]

5-59

ROLLER REGISTER

1. OpentheCoverjamaccess.(SeeROLLERTRANSFER)2. RemovetheStopperJAC.(SeeROLLERTRANSFER)3. RemovetheGuideinner.(SeeROLLERTRANSFER)4. RemovetheE-ring4(DR4)[1]andtheE-ring5(DR5)[2].5. RemovetheGear16H0.8[3],thenremovetwoBearingpresses[4]andSpringCpresses[5].6. RemovetheROLLERREGISTER[6]byslidingit.

[4]

[5]

[3]

[1]

[2][5]

[4]

[6]

[3]

[5][4]

5-60

SENSOR TRAYS

1. RemovetheCoverjamaccess.(SeeCOVERJAMACCESS)2. RemovetheSensorstopper[1]fromthebottomofthebody.3. LiftuptheFeelerMP[2].4. ReleasethehookfromthebottomofthebodyandremovetheSENSORTRAYS[3].

[3]

[2][1]

5-61

SENSOR JAMC1

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)5. OpentheCoverjamaccess.(SeeCOVERJAMACCESS)6. RemovetheSensorstopper[1].7. ReleasethehooksandremovetheSENSORJAMC1[2].

[2]

[1]

5-62

SENSOR PSS

1. RemovetheCoverjamaccess.(SeeCOVERJAMACCESS)2. Removeonescrew[1],thenremovetheGuidepressB[3]whileliftingtheFeelerPSS[2].3. ReleasethehookandremovetheSENSORPSS[4].

[3]

[4]

[2][2]

[1]

5-63

ROLLER PICKUP MP/PAD PRESSURE MP

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)5. RemovetheClutch[1].(SeeCLUTCH)6. RemovetheCoverjamaccess.(SeeCOVERJAMACCESS)7. RemovetwoE-rings[2].8. LiftuptheGuidepaperMPDUP[3]andpushdowntheMPpressure[4].9. RemovetheROLLERPICKUPMP[5]byslidingittotheleft.

[3]

[4]

[2]

[2]

[1]

[5]

10.RemovethePADPRESSUREMP[6].

[6]

ImportantWhenattachingthePadpressureMP,alignitwiththenotchinthemainunit.

5-64

PRINTER FUSER

1. OpentheCoverjamaccess.2. Removefivescrews[1].3. Disconnecttwoconnectors[2]andremovethePRINTERFUSER[3].

[2] [2]

[1]

[1][1]

[1]

[1]

[3]

Caution•BeforeremovingthePrinterfuser,makesurethepowercordisunplugged.Failuretodosomayresult

in electrical shock.•MakesurethePrinterfuserbecomecoolbeforeremovingit.TheRollerheatisextremelyHOT

immediately after operation and may cause burns.•Donottouchthethermostatorthermalfusewhileperformingthisprocedure.

5-65

SENSOR PDS/DPS

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)5. RemovetheChassisFBS.(SeePCBCONNECTLPH)6. RemovetheCoverleft.(SeePCBNCU)7. RemovetheTraypaperexit.(SeePCBCONNECTLPH)8. OpentheCoverjamaccess[1].9. RemovetheFrameupper[2].(SeeASSYINTERLOCK)10.Disconnecttheconnectors,releasethehooksfromthereversesideandremovetheSENSORsPDS/

DPS[3].

[3]

[3]

[1]

[2]

5-66

ROLLER EXIT

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)5. RemovetheChassisFBS.(SeePCBCONNECTLPH)6. RemovetheCoverleft.(SeePCBNCU)7. RemovetheTraypaperexit.(SeePCBCONNECTLPH)8. OpentheCoverjamaccess.(SeeASSYINTERLOCK)9. RemovetheFrameupper.(SeeASSYINTERLOCK)10.RemovetwoE-rings[1],thenremovetheBearingD69[2].11.Loosentwoscrews[3]intheGuidefuser.12.RemovetheROLLEREXIT[4]byslidingit.

[3]

[3]

[1]

[1][2]

[4]

ImportantWhenassemblingBearingD69,makesureitisalignedwiththenotchintheFrameupper.

5-67

ROLLER FEED DUPLEX

1. RemovetheCoverjamaccess.(SeeCOVERJAMACCESS)2. RemovetheGuideinner.(SeeROLLERTRANSFER)3. Removetwoscrews[1],thenremovetheGuideupperJAC[2].

[1][1]

[2]

4. RemovefourE-rings[3],thenremovetwoFlangepulleys[4].5. RemovetheBelt(timing)[5]fromtheGear20/25P[6].6. RemovetwoGears20/25P[6].7. RemovefourBearingsD68[7].

[5]

[3][3]

[3][6][4]

[6][4]

[7]

[7]

[7]

5-68

8. RemovetheROLLERFEEDDUPLEX[8].

[8]

5-69

TONER SENSOR (PCB TOS)

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)5. RemovetheChassisFBS.(SeePCBCONNECTLPH)6. RemovetheCoverfront.(SeeCOVERFRONT)7. LowertheKnobpressure[1]totheleft.

[1]

8. OpentheCoverjamaccess[2].9. Releasetwohooks[3],andremovetheBrackettonersensorB[4].

[4][3]

[3]

[2]

5-70

10.Removeonescrew[5],thenremovethePCBTOS[6].

[6]

[5]

11.Releasetwohooks[7],thenremovetheBrackettonersensor[8].

[7]

[8] [7]

12.Removeonescrew[9],thenremovethePCBTOS[10].

[10]

[9]

5-71

SENSOR PES1

1. Pull out the Cassette 1st.2. Removeonescrew[1]usingashortscrewdriver,thenremovetheBracketsensor[2].

[2]

[1]

3. ReleasethehookandremovetheSENSORPES1[3].

[2][3]

5-72

SENSOR OPEN1

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)5. ReleasethehookandremovetheSENSOROPEN1[1].

[1]

5-73

PRINTER HEAD

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)3. RemovetheCovershield.(SeeCOVERSHIELD)4. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)5. RemovetheChassisFBS.(SeePCBCONNECTLPH)6. OpentheCoverjamaccess.(SeeASSYINTERLOCK)7. RemovetheCoverleft.(SeePCBNCU)8. RemovetheTraypaperexit.(SeePCBCONNECTLPH)9. OpentheCoverfront,thenremovethedeveloperandthedrum.(SeeCOVERFRONT)10.PullouttheFilmharness[1].11.Removetwoscrews[2],thendisconnecttheGroundwires[3].12.Removetwoscrews[4],thenremovetheStayLED[5]andtheBracketLED[6].

[4]

[5]

[2]

[3]

[4][3]

[2]

[1]

[6]

5-74

11.Pushdownthehooks[7]andremovethePRINTERHEAD[8].

[7]

[7]

[8]

ImportantWheninsertingtheharness,makesureitgoesallthewayin.

5-75

FILTER VOC

1. RemovetheCoverconnect.(SeeCOVERCONNECT)2. RemovetheCoveroption.(SeeCOVEROPTION)4. RemovetheCoverback.(SeeCOVERBACK)5. RemovetheFILTERVOC[1].

[1]

5-76

5.2.6 Paper feeding section

ROLLER PICKUP (1st CST)/(2nd CST)

1. PullouttheCassette1st[1].2. RemoveoneStopperring[2]andBearing[3].3. RemovetheROLLERPICKUPCST[4].

[1]

[4]

[3] [2]

5-77

ASSY PIECE PRESSURE (1st CST)/(2nd CST)

1. RemovetheRollerpickup.(SeeROLLERPICKUP)2. RemovetheASSYPIECEPRESSURE[1].

[1]

5-78

PIECE COVER CST (1st CST paper dust)

1. PullouttheCassette1st[1].2. Removetwoscrews[2],thenremovethePIECECOVERCST[3].

[1]

[2] [2]

[3]

ImportantPaperdustwillcollectinthePiececoverCST.Emptyitwhenitbecomesfull.

5-79

SENSOR JAMC2

1. RemovethePrintercassette2nd[1]fromthemainunit.2. OpentheCoverjamaccess2nd[2].3. RemovetheSensorstopper[3].4. ReleasethehookontheinsideandremovetheSENSORJAMC2[4].

[2]

[4]

[1]

[3]

5-80

SENSOR PES2

1. RemovethePrintercassette2nd[1]fromthemainunit.2. PullouttheCassette2nd[2].3. TurnthePrintercassette2nd[3]over.4. Removeonescrew[4],thenremovetheBracketsensor[5].5. ReleasethehookandremovetheSENSORPES2[6].

[5]

[6]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[1]

ROLLER FEED 2ND (2nd CST)

1. RemovethePrintercassette2nd[1]fromthemainunit.2. Removetwoscrews[2],thenremovetheGuidepaper[3].3. RemoveoneE-ring[4],thenremovetheBearingD6[5].4. Removeonescrew[6],thenremovethePlateframeF[7].5. RemovetheROLLERFEED2ND[8].

[7]

[3]

[1]

[2]

[2]

[6]

[8]

[5][4]

5-81

PLATE FRAME B

1. RemovethePrintercassette2nd[1]fromthemainunit.(SeeSENSORPES2)2. Pull out the Cassette 2nd. (See SENSOR PES2)3. RemovetheRollerfeed2nd.(SeeROLLERFEED2ND)4. Disconnecttheconnector[2].5. Removetwoscrews[3],thenremovethePLATEFRAMEB[4].

[4]

[1]

[3]

[3]

[2]

ASSY SHAFT JOINT (2nd CST)

1. RemovethePrintercassette2ndfromthemainunit.(SeeSENSORPES2)2. Pull out the Cassette 2nd. (See SENSOR PES2)3. RemovetheRollerfeed2nd.(SeeROLLERFEED2ND)4. RemovethePlateframeB[1].(SeePLATEFRAMEB)5. Removethreescrews[2],thenremovetheHoldergear2nd[3].6. RemoveoneE-ring[4],thenremovetheASSYSHAFTJOINT[5].

[3]

[2]

[2][2]

[5]

[4]

[1]

5-82

SOLENOID (2nd CST)

1. RemovethePrintercassette2ndfromthemainunit.(SeeSENSORPES2)2. Pull out the Cassette 2nd. (See SENSOR PES2)3. RemovetheRollerfeed2nd.(SeeROLLERFEED2ND)4. RemovethePlateframeB[1].(SeePLATEFRAMEB)5. Removeonescrew[2],thenremovetheSOLENOID(2ndCST)[3].

[3][2]

[1]

SENSOR OPEN2

1. RemovethePrintercassette2ndfromthemainunit.(SeeSENSORPES2)2. Pull out the Cassette 2nd. (See SENSOR PES2)3. RemovetheRollerfeed2nd.(SeeROLLERFEED2ND)4. RemovethePlateframeB.(SeePLATEFRAMEB)5. ReleasethehookandremovetheSENSOROPEN2[1].

[1]

5-83

5.3 Adjustment

5.3.1 Outline of printer registration adjustment

1. Adjust the printer registration of the first cassette.

2.AdjustthescanpositionandzoomforADFandFBS.

3. After performing step1 and 2, adjust printer position for each cassette.

5.3.2 Printer registration modeThis mode adjusts the print registration for each paper source.1.Press<Setting>,<*>,<4>,<3>.2.Selectthepapersourceyouwanttoadjust.

3.Select“Verticalregistration”or“Horizontalregistration”.

6. Adjust the printer registration:For example:Whenyouset“+12.3”forVerticalregistration,theprintingimagemoves12.3mmdownward.Ifyouset“–12.3”,theprintingimagemoves12.3mmupward.Whenyouset“+12.3”forHorizontalregistration,theprintingimagemoves12.3mmrightward.Ifyouset“”–12.3”,theprintingimagemoves12.3mmleftward.Youcanadjustbetween”–12.7mm”and“+12.7 mm”.

7.Press[Enter].

NOTEHoweveryouselectcassette1,2,Bypasstray,orDuplexUnitinstep3,theadjustmentinverticaldirection is copied to all other paper source.

5-84

Printer registration (top)

A

A

Test pattern H

AdjustsothatwidthAonthetestpatternCheckeredoutputfallswithinthefollowingrange.

Standard Setting Range

10 ± 1.5 (mm)-12.8 to 12.7 (mm)

(0.1 mm step)

Adjustment procedure1.Loadletterpapertothecassetteortrayyouwanttoadjust.

2.UsetheUniqueSwitch52toadjusttheprintingmarginto0mm.(bit0,1 0)

3. Printout the test pattern “Ladder”. (See “3.12.2 Printer Test”.)

4.CheckwidthAonthetestpatternLaddermeetsthespecifications.IfwidthAfallsoutsidethespecifiedrange,performfollowingstepstomaketheadjustment.

5.Tousethe“Printerregistrationmode,”pressSetting>,<*>,<4>,<3>themargin.

6.Afteryouhavefinishedtheadjustment,youmustreenterthesettingofUniqueSwitch52,youchanged in step 2.

5-85

Printer registration (side)

A

A

Test pattern H

AdjustsothatwidthAonthetestpatternCheckeredoutputfallswithinthefollowingrange.

Standard Setting Range

10 ± 1.8 (mm)–12.8 to 12.7 (mm)(0.6773 mm step)

Adjustment procedure1.Loadletterpapertothecassetteortrayyouwanttoadjust.

2.UsetheUniqueSwitch52toadjusttheprintingmarginto0mm.(bit0,1 0)

3. Printout the test pattern “Ladder”. (See “3.12.2 Printer Test”.)

4.CheckwidthAonthetestpatternLaddermeetsthespecifications.IfwidthAfallsoutsidethespecifiedrange,performfollowingstepstomaketheadjustment.

5.Tousethe“Printerregistrationmode,”pressSetting>,<*>,<4>,<3>themargin.

6.Afteryouhavefinishedtheadjustment,youmustreenterthesettingofUniqueSwitch52,youchanged in step 2.

5-86

5.3.3 Zoom adjustment

FBS zoom adjustment (Vertical)

L R

2003-01NO.20031021

1.40

1.25

1.00

0.75

0.55

0.40

0.35

0.30

0.25

0.20

0.15

0.10

1.401.25

1.000.75

0.550.40

0.350.30

0.250.20

0.150.10

A

Zoom ratio Standard Adjustment Tool Setting Range

100 % ± 1.0 % Machine parameter:017– 1.5 to 1.5 %(0.1 % step)

Adjustment procedure1.Loadlettersizepapertothefirstcassette.2. Place a Test Chart on the document glass.3.Maketwocopiesonpaperinthefirstcassettewith100%magnification.4. Measure the length of A on the second copy to find the difference.

IflengthAfallsoutsidethespecifiedrange,performthefollowingstepstomaketheadjustment.5. Enter Machine Parameter mode. (See “3.2.1 Setting the Machine Parameters”.)

6. Adjust so that the setting of Machine Parameter 017 meets the specification.IflengthAisshorterthanthestandard,increasevalue.IflengthAislongerthanthestandard,decreasevalue.

5-87

FBS zoom adjustment (Horizontal)

L R

2003-01NO.20031021

1.40

1.25

1.00

0.75

0.55

0.40

0.35

0.30

0.25

0.20

0.15

0.10

1.401.25

1.000.75

0.550.40

0.350.30

0.250.20

0.150.10

A



Adjustment procedure1.Loadlettersizepapertothefirstcassette.2. Place a Test Chart on the document glass.3.Maketwocopiesonpaperinthefirstcassettewith100%magnification.4. Measure the length of A on the second copy to find the difference.


6. Adjust the setting of Machine Parameter 016 to meet the specification.IfthelengthAisshorterthanthestandard,increasevalue.IfthelengthAislongerthanthestandard,decreasevalue.

5-88

ADF zoom adjustment (Vertical)

L R

2003-01NO.20031021

1.40

1.25

1.00

0.75

0.55

0.40

0.35

0.30

0.25

0.20

0.15

0.10

1.401.25

1.000.75

0.550.40

0.350.30

0.250.20

0.150.10

A



Adjustment procedure1.Loadlettersizepapertothefirstcassette.2. Place a Test Chart on the ADF.3.Maketwocopiesonpaperinthefirstcassettewith100%magnification.4. Measure the length of A on the second copy to find the difference.


6. Adjust so that the setting of Machine Parameter 012 meets the specification.IfthelengthAisshorterthanthestandard,increasevalue.IfthelengthAislongerthanthestandard,decreasevalue.

5-89

ADF zoom adjustment (Horizontal)

L R

2003-01NO.20031021

1.40

1.25

1.00

0.75

0.55

0.40

0.35

0.30

0.25

0.20

0.15

0.10

1.401.25

1.000.75

0.550.40

0.350.30

0.250.20

0.150.10

A



Adjustment procedure1.Loadlettersizepapertothefirstcassette.2. Place a Test Chart in the ADF.3.Maketwocopiesonpaperinthefirstcassettewith100%magnification.4. Measure the length of A on the second copy to find the difference.


6. Adjust the setting of Machine Parameter 011 to meet the specification.IfthelengthAisshorterthanthestandard,increasevalue.IfthelengthAislongerthanthestandard,decreasevalue.

5-90

5.3.4 Registration adjustment

FBS registration (top)

1.40

1.25

1.00

0.75

0.55

0.300.25

0.200.15

0.10 Test Chart

AEdge of the paper

Note: This adjustment must be made after the adjustments of printer registration (top and side) of the first cassette andFBSzoomadjustments(verticalandhorizontal)havebeenmade.

Standard Adjustment Tool Setting Range

0 ± 2.2 (mm) Machine parameter:018–2.70~2.70(mm)(0.0212 mm step)

Adjustment procedure1. Load letter paper to the first cassette.2. Place a Test Chart on the document glass.3.Makeacopyofitinthe1stcassettewith100%magnification.4.CheckthatthedifferenceofwidthAandthecopyofA(A’)meetsthespecifications.

Ifthedifferencefallsoutsidethespecifiedrange,performthefollowingstepstomaketheadjust-ment.

5. Enter Machine Parameter mode. (See “3.2.1 Setting the Machine Parameters”.)6. Adjust the setting of Machine Parameter 018 to meet the specification.

IfthewidthAisshorterthanthestandard,decreasevalue.IfthewidthAislongerthanthestandard,increasevalue.

5-91

FBS registration (side)

1.40

1.25

1.00

0.75

0.55

0.300.25

0.200.15

0.10

Test Chart

A

Edge of the paper

Note: This adjustment must be made after the adjustments of printer registration (top and side) of the first cassette andFBSzoomadjustments(verticalandhorizontal)havebeenmade.


0 ± 2.6 (mm) Machine parameter:015–10.76~10.76(mm)

(0.0847 mm step)

Adjustment procedure1. Load letter paper to the 1st cassette.2. Place a Test Chart on the document glass.3.Makeacopyofitinthefirstcassettewith100%magnification.4.CheckthatthedifferenceofwidthAandthecopyofA(A’)meetsthespecifications.



IfthewidthAisshorterthanthestandard,increasevalue.IfthewidthAislongerthanthestandard,decreasevalue.

5-92

ADF registration (top)

1.40

1.25

1.00

0.75

0.55

0.300.25

0.200.15

0.10 Test Chart

AEdge of the paper

Note: This adjustment must be made after the adjustments of printer registration (top and side) of the first cassette andADFzoomadjustments(verticalandhorizontal)havebeenmade.



(0.0847 mm step)

Adjustment procedure1. Load letter paper to the 1st cassette.2. Place a Test Chart on the ADF.3.Makeacopyofitinthefirstcassettewith100%magnification.4.CheckthatthedifferenceofwidthAandthecopyofA(A’)meetsthespecifications.




5-93

ADF registration (side)

1.40

1.25

1.00

0.75

0.55

0.300.25

0.200.15

0.10

Test Chart

A

Edge of the paper

Note: This adjustment must be made after the adjustments of printer registration (top and side) of the first cassette andADFzoomadjustments(verticalandhorizontal)havebeenmade.



(0.0847 mm step)

Adjustment procedure1. Load letter paper to the 1st cassette.2. Place a Test Chart on the ADF.3.Makeacopyofitinthe1stcassettewith100%magnification.4.CheckthatthedifferenceofwidthAandthecopyofA(A’)meetsthespecifications.




5-94

5.3.5 Separation pressure adjustment1. Open the Guide outer.2. Pick up the Assy Shaft Separator.3. RemovetheAssyPieceSeparator.(Seepage 5-15.)4. Adjust the separation pressure.

Rotate direction Separation pressure

Clockwise Up

Counterclockwise Down

Roller separator

Cover separator

5-95

5.3.6 FBS skew adjustmentWhentheimagescannedwiththedocumentglassisskewed,youcanadjustitbyshiftingapart.

1.Opentheplatencover,andremoveAssyCoverContact.(seepage 5-22)2.LoosentwoscrewssecuringtheHOLDERSHAFTGUIDE.3.SlidetheHOLDERSHAFTGUIDEtotheright(thedirectionindicatedwitharrow)toadjustitsposi-

tion.

4.Whentheadjustmentisover,tightenthescrewsandreattachtheAssyCoverContact.

bizhub25ServiceManual.pdf

Documents

machine composition

machine parameter adjustment

product description

adjustment procedures

main control board

circuit board constructions

federal regulations

component parts